2017 JournalBooks Catalog

2017 FULL-LINE

CATALOG

Pricing in U.S. Dollars

We’ve Got Something Important In Common: YOUR BRAND

www.PCNA.com

There’s nothing more important to you than your brand.

So you need a partner who values it just as much as you.

And that starts with providing what you need – the best product selection, a customer service team that cares and a website designed to make your job easier.

In other words, we’ll work just as hard as you do to make YOUR BRAND look great.

Table of Contents FULL-COLOR COLLECTION 28 NEW! CreativeSpark 29 NEW! ColorMe Collection

30 ImageFlex PerfectBook

31 ImageBook

A TRADITION OF QUALITY

31 SmartPicx

Since founding Timeplanner Calendars

32 NEW! Dynamic WindowPad

in 1971 and JournalBooks in the 1990’s, our company has consistently exceeded

33 WindowPad

customer expectations with our

34 ClearView

award-winning customer service and craftsmanship. Our products are made

VALUELINE COLLECTION

to order from premium materials and

10 ClearValue

tailored to meet your custom needs.

Our team is constantly striving to bring

12 NEW! Value WindowPad

more value to our clients without

13 ValueBook

ever sacrificing quality. Thank you

14 BrightNotes

for choosing JournalBooks!

CREATIVE SOLUTIONS

11

SlimLine Color

EXPRESSJOURNAL COLLECTION

36 ExpressLine

15 ValueColor 16 PerfectValue

We believe that imagination is the key

16 MeetingBook

to creating useful products that leave

17 NEW! TravelerNotes

a lasting impression. JournalBooks is dedicated to finding creative ways

EASYOPTIONS COLLECTION

THE JB COLLECTION

to meet specific needs, from multiple

18 BohemianJournal

imprint methods to flexible custom options. A promotional product should be as distinct as the company it represents. Let us help you bring your corporate identity to life!

19 BohemianTextured Journal

19 NEW! BohemianTextured Metallic Journal

20 Pedova BrightWave

21 PedovaJournal

RESPONSIBLE PRODUCTION

22 ColorPop Journal

We care about the environment

23 Ambassador Journal

and support our customers seeking

24 PedovaPocket

earth-friendly journals and planners.

24 PedovaWire

25 SoftPedova Journal

26 Vicenza Journal

JournalBooks products are FSC®certified, proving our investment in responsible forest management through the Forest Stewardship Council®. www.fsc.org

27 NEW! Nova Journal

38 ClassicFlex PerfectBook

39 NEW! PenSlip PerfectBook

40 ColorMatch PolyJournal

41 ColorMatch ImageFlex

42 EcoBooks

44 LinenJournals

46 ColorFleck Journals

48 SmoothMatte Journals

50 GlossMetallic Journals

52 TexturedMetallic Journals

54 SportsBooks

56 IndustrialMetallic Journals

58 ShimmerJournals

60 NuMilano Journals

62 CrushJournals

64 TechnoMetallic Journals

66 NEW! RusticLeather Journals

68 WoodGrain Journals

70 Milano & Madera Journals

72 RusticWraps

73 AlloyJournal

Table of Contents THEMEBOOK COLLECTION

74 GoalTracker

75 EventPlanner

76 MobileTabs Journal

BUILD A BOOK 102 Custom journals you

can build from scratch.

77 TabPlanner

78 PocketPads

79 NEW! JustNotes

PPAI AWARD

79 TucNotes

Promotional Products Association International (PPAI) recognizes recipients with awards that honor creativity, ingenuity, craftsmanship, and customer service. JournalBooks is proud to be among those leading companies spotlighted in 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2010, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.

80 NEW! FlexNotes 81 NEW! PocketTuc

82 FlipBooks

83 DataPad

84 TasterJournals

84 TravelTips Journal

85 HealthJournals

86 LifestyleJotters

88 SketchBook

89 NEW! SquareNotes

CALENDAR COLLECTION

110 DesktopPlanners

111 InspirationalPlanner

112 TabbedQuarterly

90 SportsPad

113 NEW! CaseboundHybrids

91 Full-Color Pocket Journal

114 HybridPlanners

91 Full-Color PageSaver Journal

115 FlexPlanner

116 Wired WeeklyPlanners

117 PerfectPlanners

118 The Analyst

119 The President

120 The Director

121 TravelerLite

121 PocketSecretary

REFILLABLE COLLECTION

122 Customization Options

92 ResourceBinder

124 WeeklyOrganizer

92 Full-Image Binder

125 XeoPlanner

93 Paperboard Binders

126 LeatherWrap Planners

94 UrbanJournal & UrbanBinder

127 TimeplannerValue

95 LeatherWrap Journal & Binder

96 SohoJournal

97 NEW! Uptown NoteBooks

97 Executive NoteBook

BOOST A BOOK 128 Options and accessories

to enhance your journal.

98 NEW! RevelloRefillable 99 NEW! PedovaRefillable

100 Hampton

101 DovanaJournal

ASI AWARD JournalBooks is proud to have won the ASI Counselor, Distributor Choice Award for “Journals & Diaries” in 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010 and “Office Products,” in 2014. JournalBooks was the 2008 ASI Counselor, Distributor Choice “Supplier of the Year.”

GENERAL INFO 142 General Info, Terms and

Conditions, Ordering Info

PROMOMARKETING AWARD JournalBooks is proud to have been awarded the PromoMarketing Gold Supplier Excellence Award for “Journals & Notebooks” in 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

SAGE RATING AWARD Many distributors consistently rate JournalBooks an A+ Supplier through SAGE Online. We are proud to have received their 2016, 2015, and 2014 SAGE Rating Award.

Make any full-color image interactive with SMARTPICX technology.

See page 130 for more info.

Look for this icon throughout the catalog to see what products are available for SMARTPICX.

No part of this publication may be reproduced without specific written permission from the publisher. This catalog is printed on FSC®-certified paper. Copyright 2017 JournalBooks® and Timeplanner® Calendars.

WHY JOURNALBOOKS? Every brand has a unique message, and we want to help you share it.

We know how important your customer’s story is. It’s who they are, where they’ve been.

It’s what makes them unique. Our custom journals are the ultimate tool for honing in on your customer’s story.

PRODUCTS SHOWN, CLOCKWISE FROM TOP PenSlip PerfectBooks, see p. 39 ColorMe Collection, see p. 29 TravelerNotes, see p. 17

4 | 2016 JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

ONE MESSAGE, MULTIPLE SOLUTIONS.

1. Full-Image Binder, see p. 92 2. Shimmer NoteBook w/ColorDirect, see pp. 58, 128 3. ValueColor TriPac, see p. 15

6 | 2016 JournalBooks

4. ColorPop w/GraphicWrap, see p. 22 5. Wall Monthly, see p. 110 6. Pocket ImageFlex, see p. 91

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

We take pride in being storytellers, and we know there are countless ways to tell each story.

Our wide variety of distinct products, printing, and decoration methods can make your message sing from the rooftops or quietly inspire. From a full-color value item to an elaborate custom gift, we’ve got a solution for every need, great or small.

www.journalbooks.com

2016 JournalBooks | 7

TIE IT ALL TOGETHER. Elevate the message with just the right details.

Adding Boost A Book options, like custom packaging and unique pocket folders, can make your product truly unforgettable. These powerful little tools are designed to add depth and breadth to your company story.

PRODUCTS SHOWN, CLOCKWISE FROM TOP Packaging Options, see pp. 140–141 Wave Pocket Folder, see p. 139 Ribbons, see p. 138 for pricing

ClearValue™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes (below) • Translucent Super Clear Poly front cover • Full-color, 1-sided insert on Gloss White Cover stock • 70 sheets 50# ruled paper • Choose a black paperboard back or PenPort & Cougar pen (PenPort includes black elastic closure) • Black wire binding • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval • Custom printed insert only; no other customizations available

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Print multiple designs or color combinations in one order to meet higher quantities!

CV-170X | 7 x 10 ClearValue NoteBook w/PenPort & Pen

CV-770X | 5 x 7 ClearValue NotePad w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

CV-670X | 4 x 6 ClearValue JotterPad w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

CV-670 | 4 x 6 ClearValue JotterPad (Black Paperboard Back)

CV-770 | 5 x 7 ClearValue NotePad (Black Paperboard Back)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 CV-670 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 4 x 6 50.00 3.87 CV-770 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 5 x 7 50.00 5.51 CV-170 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 7 x 10 50.00 7.83

250 3.60 5.13 7.29

500 3.52 5.01 7.12

1000 3.36 4.79 6.81

CV-170 | 7 x 10 ClearValue NoteBook (Black Paperboard Back)

boost it! ClearValue with PenPort Back and Cougar Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 CV-670X 50.00 4.87 4.60 4.52 4.36 CV-770X 50.00 6.51 6.13 6.01 5.79 CV-170X 50.00 8.83 8.29 8.12 7.81

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes full-color insert. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

10 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ValueLine Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 5 sizes (below) • Flexible full-color front cover on Gloss White Cover stock with Gloss UV Coat • 70 sheets 50# ruled paper • Choose a 40pt. black paperboard back or PenPort (includes elastic closure) & Cougar pen (PenPort not available for 3.5 x 5 Jotter) • Black wire binding • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval • Custom printed front cover only; no other customizations available

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Print multiple designs or color combinations in one order to meet higher quantities!

SL-670X | 4 x 6 Large SlimLine Jotter w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

SL-570 | 3.5 x 5 Small SlimLine Jotter (Black Paperboard Back)

SL-670 | 4 x 6 Large SlimLine Jotter (Black Paperboard Back)

SL-770X | 5 x 7 SlimLine NotePad w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

SL-770 | 5 x 7 SlimLine NotePad (Black Paperboard Back)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 SL-570 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 3.5 x 5 50.00 3.00 SL-670 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 4 x 6 50.00 3.23 SL-770 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 5 x 7 50.00 4.09 SL-870 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 5.07 SL-170 (w/Black Paperboard Back) 7 x 10 50.00 6.38

250 2.79 3.01 3.80 4.74 5.97

500 2.73 2.94 3.71 4.64 5.84

SL-870X | 5.5 x 8.5 SlimLine SeminarPad w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

SL-870 | 5.5 x 8.5 SlimLine SeminarPad (Black Paperboard Back)

1000 2.61 2.81 3.55 4.46 5.61

SL-170X | 7 x 10 SlimLine NoteBook w/PenPort & Pen

SL-170 | 7 x 10 SlimLine NoteBook (Black Paperboard Back)

boost it! SlimLine with PenPort* Back and Cougar Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 SL-670X 50.00 4.23 4.01 3.94 3.81 SL-770X 50.00 5.09 4.80 4.71 4.55 SL-870X 50.00 6.07 5.74 5.64 5.46 SL-170X 50.00 7.38 6.97 6.84 6.61 *PenPort not available for 3.5 x 5 size Jotter

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes full-color front cover. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

ValueLine Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 11

VALUELINE FULL-COLOR

SlimLine Color™

new!

Value WindowPad™ Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes and 3 colors (below) • Heavyweight paperboard covers with stock die-cut window (choose square, rectangle, or circle, in pre-set sizes and locations) • Full-color, 1-sided insert on Gloss White Cover stock, showing through window • 50# ruled filler paper (HCW-700: 100 sheets; HCW-170: 70 sheets) • Choose matching paperboard back cover or PenPort & matching Cougar pen (PenPort includes elastic closure) • Black wire binding • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval • Custom imprinted cover/printed insert only; no other customizations available

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

new product!

Rectangle | 4” x 2.5” Square | 3”

Circle | 2.25”

Circle | 3”

Rectangle | 3” x 2” Square | 2.25” Red

Blue

Black HCW-700 | 5 x 7 Small Value WindowPad (Matching Back Cover)

Pricing (C) HCW-700 (w/Matching Back) HCW-170 (w/Matching Back)

HCW-170 | 7 x 10 Large Value WindowPad (Matching Back Cover)

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 5 x 7 50.00 6.37 5.93 5.79 5.54 7 x 10 50.00 8.68 8.08 7.89 7.55

Call for higher quantities. Price includes standard die-cut window. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

12 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ValueLine Collection

boost it! Value WindowPad with PenPort & Cougar Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 HCW-700X 50.00 7.37 6.93 6.79 6.54 HCW-170X 50.00 9.68 9.08 8.89 8.55 1-Color Foil* (G) 50.00 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 *Not available for SureShip with additional foil imprint. Limited foil selection of Clear, Black, White, Silver, or Gold only for this product; 16” sq. maximum imprint area.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

VALUELINE FULL-COLOR

ValueBook™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes and 3 colors (below) • Heavyweight paperboard covers • 1-color foil imprint in black, white, silver, or gold (limited 16” sq. imprint area) • 50# ruled paper (4 x 6 & 5 x 7: 100 sheets; 7 x 10: 70 sheets) • Choose matching paperboard back cover or PenPort & matching Cougar pen (PenPort includes elastic closure) • Black wire binding • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval • Custom imprinted front cover only; no other customizations available

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details) HC-170X | 7 x 10 ValueBook NoteBook w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

HC-600X | 4 x 6 ValueBook Jotter w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

HC-700X | 5 x 7 ValueBook NotePad w/PenPort & Cougar Pen

Red

Blue

Black HC-600 | 4 x 6 ValueBook Jotter (Matching Back Cover)

Pricing (C) HC-600 (w/Matching Back) HC-700 (w/Matching Back) HC-170 (w/Matching Back)

HC-700 | 5 x 7 ValueBook NotePad (Matching Back Cover)

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 4 x 6 50.00 3.55 3.31 3.23 3.09 5 x 7 50.00 5.12 4.76 4.65 4.45 7 x 10 50.00 6.83 6.40 6.26 6.01

HC-170 | 7 x 10 ValueBook NoteBook (Matching Back Cover)

boost it! ValueBook with PenPort and Cougar Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 HC-600X 50.00 4.55 4.31 4.23 4.09 HC-700X 50.00 6.12 5.76 5.65 5.45 HC-170X 50.00 7.83 7.40 7.26 7.01

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

ValueLine Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 13

BrightNotes™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 6 colors (below) •

Flexible wraparound paper covers with 1-color foil imprint in black, white, silver, or gold (limited 16” sq. imprint area), 2 rounded corners, and perfect-bound spine

• 50 sheets 50# ruled paper •

Optional TriPac Upgrade: 3 books enclosed in a Full-Color GraphicWrap; choose to use 3 books with the same cover color or use 3 different colors per set (available in 3 sizes, with the same imprint on each book {different imprints available for $50 G setup per logo}; not available for SureShip)

• Custom imprinted front cover only; no other customizations available (This item does not feature a contact/calendar page in back)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Red (Includes 3 Journals Enclosed in GraphicWrap) Yellow

Blue

Brown PBN-650 | 4 x 6 BrightNotes JotterPad

PBN-750 | 5 x 7 BrightNotes NotePad

PBN-850 | 5.5 x 8.5 BrightNotes SeminarPad

Black

Natural

Pricing (C) PBN-650 PBN-750 PBN-850 PBN-150

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 4 x 6 50.00 3.55 3.42 2.82 2.52 5 x 7 50.00 4.33 4.17 3.44 3.08 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 5.09 4.91 4.05 3.62 7 x 10 50.00 6.83 6.62 5.57 4.81

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 14 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ValueLine Collection

PBN-750TP | 5 x 7 BrightNotes TriPac Get three different filler styles in your TriPac for just $0.25 G per set.

(Includes blank, ruled, and graph filler.)

boost it! BrightNotes TriPac

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 PBN-650TP 80.00 9.81 9.41 7.85 6.72 PBN-750TP 80.00 12.00 11.52 9.60 8.23 PBN-850TP 80.00 14.15 13.59 11.32 9.70 Pricing is for the same foil imprint on each journal within the set.

For different imprints, setup is $50 G per change. Allow 5-7 business days production from proof approval. Not available for SureShip.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes (below) • Flexible wraparound full-color outer cover on Gloss White stock with Gloss UV Coat; 2 rounded corners and perfect-bound spine • 50 sheets 50# ruled paper • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval •

Optional TriPac Upgrade: 3 books enclosed in a Full-Color GraphicWrap; choose to use 3 books with the same art or create 3 different designs per set (available in 3 sizes not available for SureShip)

• Custom printed front cover only; no other customizations available (This item does not feature a contact/calendar page in back)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

(Includes 3 Journals Enclosed in GraphicWrap)

PVC-650 | 4 x 6 ValueColor JotterPad

Pricing (C) PVC-650 PVC-750 PVC-850 PVC-150

PVC-750 | 5 x 7 ValueColor NotePad

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 4 x 6 50.00 4.62 4.45 3.67 3.28 5 x 7 50.00 5.08 4.90 4.03 3.61 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 5.68 5.48 4.51 4.04 7 x 10 50.00 8.07 7.82 6.58 5.69

Call for higher quantities. Price includes full-color outer cover. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

PVC-850 | 5.5 x 8.5 ValueColor SeminarPad

PVC-750TP | 5 x 7 ValueColor TriPac Get three different filler styles in your TriPac for just $0.25 G per set.

(Includes blank, ruled, and graph filler.)

boost it! ValueColor TriPac

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 PVC-650TP 80.00 13.44 12.90 10.75 9.22 PVC-750TP 80.00 14.73 14.14 11.78 10.10 PVC-850TP 80.00 16.43 15.77 13.14 11.26 Allow 5-7 business days production from proof approval.

Not available for SureShip.

ValueLine Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 15

VALUELINE FULL-COLOR

ValueColor™

PerfectValue™ & MeetingBook™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes and 3 colors (below) • 80# textured, flexible, paper cover • 1-color foil imprint in black, white, silver, or gold (limited 16” sq. imprint area) • 50# ruled paper (5 x 7 PerfectValue: 100 sheets; 5.5 x 8.5 & 7 x 10 PerfectValue: 70 sheets; MeetingBooks: 25 sheets) • Perfect-bound spine • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval • Custom imprinted front cover only; no other customizations available (this item does not feature a contact/calendar page in back)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

how many sheets do you need?

MeetingBooks come with 25 sheets of filler Medium & Large PerfectValue journals come with 70 sheets of filler Small PerfectValue journals come with 100 sheets of filler

Red

Blue

Black PNP-700V | 5 x 7 Small PerfectValue

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 PNP-700V 5 x 7 50.00 6.30 PSP-870V 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 6.83 PNB-170V 7 x 10 50.00 8.77

250 4.52 4.90 6.30

500 1000 4.20 4.10 4.55 4.45 5.85 5.71

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

16 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ValueLine Collection

PSP-870V | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium PerfectValue

PNB-170V | 7 x 10 Large PerfectValue

slim it down! 25-Sheet MeetingBooks

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 PMB-725V 5 x 7 50.00 4.03 PMB-825V 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 4.94 PMB-125V 7 x 10 50.00 6.32

250 2.89 3.55 4.54

500 2.69 3.29 4.21

1000 2.62 3.22 4.12

Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval.

Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

VALUELINE FULL-COLOR

new!

TravelerNotes Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes and 3 styles (below) • Flexible wraparound paper covers • Classic: Flexible paper covers in 11 colors (below); 1-color foil imprint in black, white, silver, or gold (16” sq. imprint area) •

Prestige: Flexible 17pt. Leatherette covers in Red, Navy, or Black (not shown); 1-color foil imprint in black, white, silver, or gold (16” sq. imprint area)

• Full-Color: Full-color 14pt. outer cover on flexible Gloss White Cover stock with Gloss UV Coat • 28 sheets 50# paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Thread-sewn, lay-flat binding (choose black, white, red, or blue thread); 2 outside rounded corners Choose from black, white, red, and blue thread binding.

new product!

• Ships 3-5 business days after proof approval (not available for SureShip®) • Custom printed outside cover only; no other customizations available (This item does not feature a contact/calendar page)

TNB-928P Prestige Leatherette

TJP-628P Prestige Leatherette TJP-628FC Full-Color

TNB-928FC Full-Color

TNP-728P Prestige Leatherette

Not Shown: Pink, White, Lime, Natural, and Brown, Red

TNP-728FC Full-Color Orange

Yellow

Green TJP-628C | 4 x 6 Classic Traveler Notes JotterPad

Pricing (C) TJP-628C Classic TNP-728C Classic TNB-928C Classic

TNP-728C | 5 x 7 Classic Traveler Notes NotePad

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 4 x 6 50.00 3.55 3.44 2.89 2.50 5 x 7 50.00 3.86 3.74 3.15 2.72 7 x 9 50.00 5.38 5.21 4.39 3.79

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

TNB-928C | 7 x 9 Classic Traveler Notes NoteBook

boost it! w/Full-Color or Leatherette Covers

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 TJP-628FC Full-Color 80.00 4.41 4.27 3.60 3.11 TNP-728FC Full-Color 80.00 4.95 4.79 4.04 3.48 TNB-928FC Full-Color 80.00 7.31 7.08 5.96 5.15 TJP-628P Prestige 50.00 4.70 4.56 3.84 3.31 TNP-728P Prestige 50.00 5.02 4.86 4.09 3.54 TNB-928P Prestige 50.00 8.86 8.59 7.23 6.25

Blue

Black

ValueLine Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 17

Bohemian™Journal Features and Choices • BJ-580 & BJ-180L: Choose Red, Navy, or Black cover • BJ-880: Choose from 9 colors (below) • Smooth, faux-leather hard covers available in 3 sizes • Features include satin ribbon bookmark, elastic privacy closure, paper pocket inside back, and thread-sewn book binding • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

• 80 sheets wood-free, ruled paper • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • Gift Packaging available (see pages 140-141 for options and pricing)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Not Shown: Pink, Green, and Brown

White

Red

Orange

Teal BJ-580 | 3.5 x 5 Small Bohemian (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint)

BJ-880 | 5 x 8.5 Medium Bohemian (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint)

BJ-880GW | 5 x 8.5 Medium Bohemian w/GraphicWrap

BJ-880FC | 5 x 8.5 Medium Bohemian w/Tip-In

Navy

Black

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 BJ-580 3.5 x 5 50.00 8.75 8.08 7.85 7.38 7.20 BJ-880 5 x 8.5 50.00 10.63 9.95 9.65 9.27 8.93 BJ-180L 7 x 10 50.00 12.78 11.70 11.65 10.98 10.77 CD-STD† (G) 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 Add Tuscany Pen* (C) – 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Pre-production sample available for $50 G. †CD-STD max. imprint area is 20” sq. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options).

18 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | EasyOption Collection

BJ-180L | 7 x 10 Large Bohemian (Upgraded Tuscany Pen in Spine)

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 BJ-580GW 80.00 10.80 10.13 9.63 8.86 8.47 BJ-580FC 80.00 10.71 10.04 9.35 8.69 8.23 BJ-880GW 80.00 12.68 12.00 11.43 10.75 10.20 BJ-880FC 80.00 12.59 11.91 11.15 10.57 9.96 BJ-180GW 80.00 14.83 13.75 13.43 12.46 12.04 BJ-180FC 80.00 15.86 14.77 14.31 13.20 12.67 Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Bohemian™Textured Journal Features and Choices EASY OPTIONS

• BJT-880: Choose from 5 linen-like or 3 metallic colors (below) • BJT-180L: Choose from 5 linen-like colors (below) • Textured, faux-leather hard covers available in 2 sizes • Features include satin ribbon bookmark, elastic privacy closure, paper pocket inside back, and thread-sewn book binding • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

• 80 sheets wood-free, ruled paper • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

new colors & texture!

Not Shown: Blue and Black NEW! Silver Metallic

NEW! Titanium Metallic

NEW! Navy Metallic

Lime BJT-880 | 5 x 8.5 BohemianTextured (Upgraded Oversize Deboss w/Bleed)

BJT-880GW | 5 x 8.5 BohemianTextured w/GraphicWrap

BJT-180L | 7 x 10 BohemianTextured (Upgraded SoftSqure Pen in Spine)

BJT-180FC | 7 x 10 BohemianTextured w/Tip-In

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 BJT-880 5 x 8.5 50.00 10.63 9.95 9.65 9.27 8.93 BJT-180L 7 x 10 50.00 12.78 11.70 11.65 10.98 10.77 Oversize Deboss w/Bleed (G) 100.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Add SoftSquare Pen* (C) – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 BJT-880GW 80.00 12.68 12.00 11.43 10.75 10.20 BJT-880FC 80.00 12.59 11.91 11.15 10.57 9.96 BJT-180GW 80.00 14.83 13.75 13.43 12.46 12.04 BJT-180FC 80.00 15.86 14.77 14.31 13.20 12.67

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options & pricing).

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons.

www.journalbooks.com

Orange

Red

EasyOption Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 19

Pedova BrightWave™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 colors (below) • 7 x 9.5 textured, padded, stitched covers • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

• 125 sheets high-quality ruled paper • Black elastic pen loop, 2 satin bookmarks, and thread-sewn book binding • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • Gift Packaging available (see pages 140-141 for options and pricing)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Pink

Orange

Lime

Purple PDB-676L | 7 x 9.5 Pedova BrightWave

PDB-676GW | 7 x 9.5 BrightWave w/GraphicWrap

PDB-676FC | 7 x 9.5 Pedova BrightWave w/Tip-In (Upgraded Ridge Pen & Fold-Out Insert)

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 PDB-676L 7 x 9.5 50.00 12.58 12.08 11.58 11.08 9.98 Add Ridge Pen* – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 PDB-676GW 80.00 14.63 14.13 13.36 12.86 11.46 PDB-676FC 80.00 15.66 15.16 14.25 13.75 12.20

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons.

Call for pricing on fold-out or multiple page inserts.

20 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | EasyOption Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

PedovaJournal™ Features and Choices

• Smooth, padded, stitched covers • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

• 125 sheets high-quality ruled paper • Black elastic pen loop, 2 satin ribbon bookmarks, and thread-sewn book binding • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • DesignerPedovas (DSPED-57L and DSPED-676L): Choose from a stock oversized pattern at www.journalbooks.com or create your own for an additional charge (may require additional production time; call for pricing)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

new color!

NEW! *Gray

Black

Navy

Green PED-57L | 5 x 7 Small Pedova (Upgraded Oversize Imprint w/Bleed)

PED-57L | 5 x 7 Small Pedova (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint, Personalization, & SoHo Pen)

PED-676GW | 7 x 9.5 Large Pedova w/GraphicWrap

PED-676FC | 7 x 9.5 Large Pedova w/Tip-In

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 48 150 300 450 600 PED-57L 5 x 7 50.00 11.32 10.87 10.42 9.97 8.98 Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 PED-676L 7 x 9.5 50.00 12.58 12.08 11.58 11.08 9.98 Oversize Deboss w/Bleed (G) 100.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Add SoHo Pen* – 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 48 150 300 450 600 PED-57GW 80.00 13.37 12.92 12.19 11.74 10.46 PED-57FC 80.00 13.27 12.82 11.92 11.47 10.29 Pricing (C) Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 PED-676GW 80.00 14.63 14.13 13.36 12.86 11.46 PED-676FC 80.00 15.66 15.16 14.25 13.75 12.20

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons.

Oversize Deboss pricing on page 129; CD-STD pricing on page 128

www.journalbooks.com

Terra Cotta

Red

EasyOption Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 21

EASY OPTIONS

• Choose from 2 sizes and 6 colors (below) (*Gray only available for 7” x 9.5”)

ColorPop™ Journal Features and Choices • Choose from 6 colors (below) • 5.5 x 8.25 matte black hard covers with contrasting color along edge of filler, inside covers, and elastic privacy closure • Blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq.

• 96 sheets off-white, ruled paper • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • Thread-sewn book binding • Gift Packaging available (see pages 140-141 for options and pricing) Please Note: Books Will Not Ship with Elastic Pulled to Front Cover. Elastics are shown here for reference only

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Red

Orange

Bring your brand to life.. with a foil imprint, just $.25 more!

Lime

Blue CP-58 | 5.5 x 8.25 ColorPop (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint & Ambassador Pen in Spine)

CP-58GW | 5.5 x 8.25 ColorPop w/GraphicWrap (Upgraded Black Foil Imprint)

Purple

Gray

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 CP-58 5.5 x 8.25 50.00 7.53 7.23 6.93 6.63 5.98 Personalizations (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 Add Ambassador Pen* (C) – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

22 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | EasyOption Collection

CP-58FC | 5.5 x 8.25 ColorPop w/Tip-In (Upgraded Black Foil Imprint)

boost it! with Full-Color and Foil Add-Ons

Pricing Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 CP-58GW (C) 80.00 9.58 9.28 8.71 8.41 7.46 CP-58FC (C) 80.00 10.10 9.80 8.44 8.14 7.29 CD-STD (G) 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1-Color Foil* (G) 50.00 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons. *Limited foil selection of Clear, Black, White, Silver, or Gold only for this product; 16” sq. maximum imprint area.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Ambassador Journal™ • Choose from 12 colors (below) •

5.5 x 8.25 hard covers with paper pocket inside back, matching satin ribbon bookmark, elastic privacy closure, and thread-sewn book binding

• Blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq.

• 80 sheets off-white, ruled paper • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • Gift Packaging available (see pages 140-141 for options and pricing)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Not Shown: Red, Navy, Silver, Brown, White and Recycled Natural Orange

Lime

Bring your brand to life.. with a foil imprint, just $.25 more!

Turquoise

Royal Blue AMB-58 | 5.5 x 8.25 Ambassador Journal

AMB-58 | 5.5 x 8.25 Ambassador Journal (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint & Tuscany Pen)

AMB-58GW | 5.5 x 8.25 Ambassador w/GraphicWrap

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 AMB-58 5.5 x 8.25 50.00 6.28 6.03 5.78 5.53 4.98 Personalizations (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 Add Tuscany Pen* (C) – 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

www.journalbooks.com

AMB-58FC | 5.5 x 8.25 Ambassador w/Tip-In (Upgraded White Foil Imprint)

boost it! with Full-Color and Foil Add-Ons

Pricing Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 AMB-58GW (C) 80.00 8.33 8.08 7.56 7.31 6.46 AMB-58FC (C) 80.00 8.85 8.60 7.29 7.04 6.29 CD-STD (G) 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1-Color Foil* (G) 50.00 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Purple

Black

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons. *Limited foil selection of Clear, Black, White, Silver, or Gold only for this product; 16” sq. maximum imprint area.

EasyOption Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 23

EASY OPTIONS

Features and Choices

PedovaPocket™ & PedovaWire Features and Choices • Choose from 3 colors and 2 styles (below) • Smooth ultra-hyde vinyl, stitched covers • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

•

PedovaPocket: Features 80 sheets ruled filler, expandable paper pocket inside back, elastic pen loop, satin bookmark, elastic closure, and thread-sewn book binding

• PedovaWire: Features 100 sheets 60# ruled filler, PenPort back cover, and black wire binding

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Terra Cotta

Navy

Black PED-58GW | 5.5 x 8.5 PedovaPocket w/GraphicWrap (Upgraded Score Stylus/Pen)

PED-100W | 7 x 10 PedovaWire (Upgraded Insert, Custom Common Filler*, & SoHo Pen)

boost it! PED-58PK & PED-100W with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing Size Setup 72 150 300 450 600 PED-58PK 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 9.43 9.05 8.68 8.30 7.48 PED-100W 7 x 10 50.00 9.93 9.55 9.18 8.80 7.98 Add SoHo Pen* to PED-100W – 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69

Pricing Setup (G) 72 150 300 450 600 PED-58GW (C) 80.00 11.48 11.10 10.46 10.08 8.96 PED-58FC (C) 80.00 12.00 11.62 10.19 9.80 8.79 Custom Filler* (G) 200.00 N/A N/A 1.60 1.60 0.80

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons. *Custom filler available only on PedovaWire, call for details.

24 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | EasyOption Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

SoftPedova Journal™ Features and Choices •

5.5 x 8.25 flexible vinyl covers with paper pocket inside back, matching satin ribbon bookmark and elastic privacy closure, and thread-sewn book binding

• Blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq.

• 80 sheets off-white, ruled paper • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • Gift Packaging available (see pages 140-141 for options and pricing)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

new colors!

Not Shown: Red, Blue, and Purple NEW! Orange

NEW! Turquoise

Bring your brand to life.. with a foil imprint, just $.25 more!

NEW! Navy

NEW! Gray PEDS-58 | 5.5 x 8.25 SoftPedova (Upgraded Oversize Deboss w/Bleed & SoftSqaure Pen in Spine)

PEDS-58 | 5.5 x 8.25 SoftPedova (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint & Personalization)

PEDS-58GW | 5.5 x 8.25 SoftPedova w/GraphicWrap

PEDS-58FC | 5.5 x 8.25 SoftPedova w/Tip-In (Upgraded Black Foil Imprint)

boost it! with Full-Color and Foil Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 PEDS-58 5.5 x 8.25 50.00 6.28 6.03 5.78 5.53 4.98 Add SoftSquare Pen* (C) – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 Oversize Deboss w/Bleed (G) 100.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Personalizations (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56

Pricing Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 PEDS-58GW (C) 80.00 8.33 8.08 7.56 7.31 6.46 PEDS-58FC (C) 80.00 8.85 8.60 7.29 7.04 6.29 CD-STD (G) 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1-Color Foil* (G) 50.00 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons. *Limited foil selection of Clear, Black, White, Silver, or Gold only for this product; 16” sq. maximum imprint area.

www.journalbooks.com

Black

Brown

EasyOption Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 25

EASY OPTIONS

• Choose from 9 colors (below)

Vicenza Journal™ Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes and 2 colors (below) • Textured padded, stitched covers • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

• 96 sheets high-quality ruled paper • Black elastic pen loop and blue & silver satin ribbon bookmarks • Thread-sewn, book binding • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • Gift Packaging available (see pages 140-141 for options and pricing)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

new color!

NEW! Navy

Black VIC-57L | 5 x 7 Small Vicenza (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint)

VIC-57FC | 5 x 7 Small Vicenza w/Tip-In (Upgraded Score Pen Inserted)

VIC-676GW | 7 x 9.5 Large Vicenza w/GraphicWrap

VIC-676L | 7 x 9.5 Large Vicenza (Upgraded Bergen Pen Inserted)

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 60 150 300 450 600 VIC-57L 5 x 7 50.00 10.07 9.67 9.27 8.87 7.98 Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 48 150 300 450 600 VIC-676L 7 x 9.5 50.00 11.32 10.87 10.42 9.97 8.98 Add Score Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Add Bergen Pen* – 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 60 150 300 450 600 VIC-57GW 80.00 12.12 11.72 11.04 10.64 9.46 VIC-57FC 80.00 12.63 12.23 10.77 10.37 9.29 Pricing (C) Setup (G) 48 150 300 450 600 VIC-676GW 80.00 13.37 12.92 12.19 11.74 10.46 VIC-676FC 80.00 14.39 13.94 13.08 12.63 11.20

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons.

CD-STD pricing on page 128.

26 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | EasyOption Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

new!

Nova Journal™ Features and Choices •

5.5 x 8.25 smooth vinyl hard covers with paper pocket inside back, matching satin ribbon bookmark and elastic privacy closure, and thread-sewn book binding

• Blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq.

• 96 sheets white, ruled paper • Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval • Gift Packaging available (see pages 140-141 for options and pricing)

• 24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

new product!

NEW! Red

NEW! Orange

NEW! Navy

Bring your brand to life.. with a foil imprint, just $.25 more!

NB-58 | 5.5 x 8.25 Nova Journal (Upgraded Ridge Pen)

NB-58 | 5.5 x 8.25 Nova Journal (Upgraded Oversize Deboss w/Bleed)

NB-58GW | 5.5 x 8.25 Nova Journal w/GraphicWrap

NB-58FC | 5.5 x 8.25 Nova Journal w/Tip-In (Upgraded Copper Foil Imprint)

boost it! with Full-Color and Foil Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 NB-58 5.5 x 8.25 50.00 8.80 8.45 8.10 7.75 6.98 Add Ridge Pen* (C) – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 Oversize Deboss w/Bleed (G) 100.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Pricing Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 NB-58GW (C) 80.00 10.85 10.50 9.88 9.53 8.46 NB-58FC (C) 80.00 11.37 11.02 9.60 9.25 8.29 1-Color Foil* (G) 50.00 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. *Does not include Pen Imprint (see page 136 for imprint options and pricing).

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons. *Foil imprint must be within 16” sq. area.

www.journalbooks.com

NEW! Black

NEW! Silver

EasyOption Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 27

EASY OPTIONS

• Choose from 5 colors (below)

new!

CreativeSpark™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes (below) • 80# flexible, wraparound, paper cover printed in full-color •

Choose from Organic or Geometric styles, featuring 30 sheets of 60# pre-designed, uncommon filler of lined, dot grid, blank, and coloring pages, with inspirational quotes scattered throughout; Perfect-bound spine

• Perfect-bound spine • Ships 5 business days after proof approval (not available for SureShip®) •

Customization Options: Add your logo or art to the pre-designed pages for no charge. Or supply your own artwork for full customization ($150 G setup; Art must be supplied for all 30 sheets of filler)

• This item does not feature a contact/ calendar page

new product!

PCS-530 | 5 x 7 CreativeSpark NotePad (Organic Style)

PCS-830 | 8 x 8 Square CreativeSpark (Geometric Style)

PCS-130 | 7 x 10 CreativeSpark NoteBook (Organic Style)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 PCS-530 5 x 7 100.00 9.68 9.34 7.69 6.88 PCS-830 8 x 8 100.00 14.22 13.78 11.60 10.02 PCS-130 7 x 10 100.00 14.22 13.78 11.60 10.02 Call for higher quantities. Price includes digitally-printed outside cover. Add setup of $150 G for custom filler pages (all artwork must be supplied). Standard turnaround 5-7 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G. 28 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Full-Color Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

new!

ColorMe™ Collection Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes (below); Call factory for custom sizes

• 80# flexible, wraparound, paper cover printed in full-color •

Choose from Organic or Geometric styles, featuring 28 sheets of 50# pre-designed coloring pages with dot grid on back of coloring pages

•

Custom printed outside cover only; No other customizations available for this product (This item does not feature a contact/calendar page)

new product!

CM-728FC | 5 x 7 ColorMe NotePad (Organic Style)

Pricing (C) CM-728FC CM-928FC

CM-928FC | 7 x 9 ColorMe NoteBook (Geometric Style)

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 5 x 7 80.00 8.89 8.57 7.06 6.32 7 x 9 80.00 12.72 12.26 10.10 9.04

Call for higher quantities. Price includes digitally-printed outside cover. Standard turnaround 5-7 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.journalbooks.com

Full-Color Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 29

FULL-COLOR

• Stitched binding; outside rounded corners

ImageFlex™ PerfectBook™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes (below) •

Flexible, wraparound, paper covers printed in full-color on gloss cover stock with Gloss UV coat (Matte UV also available upon request)

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Perfect-bound spine •

Optional upgrade to NEW PenSlip with pen loop and Cougar pen (more pens available, smooth barrels work best, call for details; not available for 8.5 x 11 size; see page 39 for more PenSlip cover options)

new PenSlip style!

PS-NB10FC | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook w/PenSlip & Prestige Pen PS-SP8FC | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad w/PenSlip & Prestige Pen PS-NP7FC | 5 x 7 NotePad w/PenSlip & Prestige Pen

PNP-7FC | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8FC | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 PNP-7FC 5 x 7 80.00 7.28 7.02 5.78 PSP-8FC 5.5 x 8.5 80.00 8.57 8.26 6.81 PNB-10FC 7 x 10 80.00 12.24 11.86 9.99 PNB-11FC 8.5 x 11 80.00 14.36 12.09 10.44

PNB-10FC | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

1000 2500 5.17 4.68 6.09 5.51 8.63 8.08 9.78 9.57

Call for higher quantities. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days from proof approval.

Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G.

30 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Full-Color Collection

PNB-11FC | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded DeluxeSpine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

boost it! with NEW PenSlip and Pen

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PS-NP7FC 80.00 8.53 8.22 6.77 6.06 5.48 PS-SP8FC 80.00 13.59 13.10 10.79 9.65 8.73 PS-NB10FC 80.00 14.42 13.97 11.77 10.16 9.51 DS-SQPEN – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 PS PenSlip comes with Cougar pen (not available for 8.5 x 11 size).

DS-SQPEN add-on available on any size PerfectBook. More pens available, call for details.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

ImageBook™ & SmartPicx™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes (below) • Full-color, mounted paperboard front cover with Gloss UV coat (Matte UV also available upon request) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

• Optional upgrade to gloss or matte film laminated cover

SmartPicx Choices • Add 1 digitally embedded watermark linking to a single URL (pricing below)

IB-74 | 5 x 7 NotePad

XSPIB-84 | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded SmartPicx)

LIB-104 | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

LIB-1104 | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Rounded Corners; Call for pricing)

boost it! with SmartPicx ImageBooks

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 250 500 1000 2500 IB-74 5 x 7 100.00 8.68 7.15 6.08 5.52 SPIB-84 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 10.10 8.58 7.46 7.15 LIB-104 7 x 10 100.00 12.34 10.66 9.38 8.69 LIB-1104 8.5 x 11 100.00 14.64 12.64 11.13 10.30

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 250 500 1000 2500 XIB-74 150.00 8.92 7.34 6.24 5.68 XSPIB-84 150.00 9.80 8.33 7.24 6.94 XLIB-104 150.00 12.69 10.96 9.65 8.93 XLIB-1104 150.00 14.99 12.95 11.39 10.55

Call for higher quantities. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days from proof approval.

Actual pre-production sample available for $150 G.

Pricing includes 1 watermark, hosted for 1 year, and 1 - 4/4 slim SmartPicx info sheet. $75 G for each additional hot-spot.

www.journalbooks.com

Full-Color Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 31

FULL-COLOR

• Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

new!

Dynamic WindowPad™ Features and Choices

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Heart DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Star DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Light Bulb DW

•

Cover Series 1 paperboard covers (see options inside back cover; call factory for pricing on upgraded cover materials)

• Choose from stock dynamic window designs shown here (call for custom design quote) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • Full-color, 1-sided insert on 80# Gloss Cover stock • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Text Bubble DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Thought Bubble DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Quote Bubble DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad w/Puzzle DW (all 4 pieces can be punched out)

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Hexagon DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Exclamation Point DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Question Mark DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with Window Pane DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with 4 Square DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with 4 Circles DW

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 WindowPad with 3 Circles DW

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 DW Dynamic Window 80.00 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 Add above pricing to LWP-104C pricing at right. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days from proof approval.

32 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Full-Color Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

WindowPad™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes (below) • Cover Series 1 paperboard covers (see options inside back cover) • Stock square, rectangle, circle, or oval window to fit your design • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover)

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

WP-74C | 5 x 7 NotePad

SPWP-84C | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Linen Cover)

LWP-104C | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Custom Shape Window; Call for pricing)

LWP-1104C | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with SmartPicx

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 WP-74C 5 x 7 50.00 9.12 8.79 7.24 6.16 5.60 SPWP-84C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.59 10.26 8.64 7.46 6.99 LWP-104C 7 x 10 50.00 12.14 11.82 10.21 8.98 8.32 LWP-1104C 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.93 14.54 12.55 11.05 10.23

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100-999 1000+ 1 Watermark* 150.00 – – Additional Hot-Spot* (Each) 75.00 – – SmartPicx Info (Back of Insert) – 1.00 0.75 SmartPicx Info (Slim Insert/Front) – 1.88 1.25

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

*Price includes 1-year web hosting

www.journalbooks.com

Full-Color Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 33

FULL-COLOR

• Full-color, 1-sided insert on 80# Gloss Cover stock

NP-700CV | 5 x 7 ClearView NotePad w/PenPort & Deluxe Pen

JP-600CV | 4 x 6 ClearView Jotter w/PenPort & Deluxe Pen

SP-800CV | 5.5 x 8.5 ClearView SeminarPad w/PenPort & Deluxe Pen

SQ-400CV | 4 x 4 Small ClearView Square w/PenPort & Astor Pen

SQ-400CVO | 4 x 4 Small ClearView Square

JP-600CVO | 4 x 6 ClearView Jotter

NP-700CVO | 5 x 7 ClearView NotePad

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQ-400CVO 4 x 4 50.00 4.68 4.51 3.72 3.16 2.87 JP-600CVO 4 x 6 50.00 6.42 6.19 5.10 4.33 3.94 NP-700CVO 5 x 7 50.00 8.06 7.77 6.40 5.44 4.95 SP-800CVO 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 9.42 9.13 7.68 6.64 6.21 2-Sided Insert, 5.5 x 8.5 or Smaller (G) +0.46 +0.37 +0.28 +0.25 +0.20

SP-800CVO | 5.5 x 8.5 ClearView SeminarPad

boost it! ClearView with PenPort and Black Deluxe Pen*

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQ-400CV* 50.00 5.68 5.51 4.72 4.16 3.87 JP-600CV 50.00 7.42 7.19 6.10 5.33 4.94 NP-700CV 50.00 9.06 8.77 7.40 6.44 5.95 SP-800CV 50.00 10.42 10.13 8.68 7.64 7.21 *SQ-400CV includes Black Astor Pen; All others with Deluxe Pen

Call for higher quantities. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days after proof approval.

Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 34 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Full-Color Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

ClearView™ Features and Choices • Choose from 7 sizes (below) • Semi-translucent Natural Poly front cover • Full-color, 1-sided insert on 80# Cover stock, showing through poly cover • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

• SQ-400: comes with Black Astor pen All Others: come with Black Deluxe pen • Black wire is standard; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

NB-100CV | 7 x 10 Medium ClearView NoteBook w/PenPort & Deluxe Pen

NB-1100CV | 8.5 x 11 Large ClearView NoteBook w/PenPort & Pen

SQ-700CV | 7 x 7 Square ClearView NoteBook w/PenPort & Deluxe Pen

SQ-700CVO | 7 x 7 Square ClearView NoteBook w/Upgraded Variable Data Printing (call for pricing)

NB-100CVO | 7 x 10 Medium ClearView NoteBook

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQ-700CVO 7 x 7 50.00 10.04 9.72 8.19 7.07 6.62 NB-100CVO 7 x 10 50.00 11.26 10.97 9.47 8.34 7.72 NB-1100CVO 8.5 x 11 50.00 13.92 13.55 11.71 10.30 9.54 2-Sided Insert, 7 x 7 or Larger (G) +0.63 +0.52 +0.40 +0.35 +0.28

NB-1100CVO | 8.5 x 11 Large ClearView NoteBook

boost it! ClearView with PenPort and Black Deluxe Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQ-700CV 50.00 11.04 10.72 9.19 8.07 7.62 NB-100CV 50.00 12.26 11.97 10.47 9.34 8.72 NB-1100CV 50.00 14.92 14.55 12.71 11.30 10.54

Call for higher quantities. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days after proof approval.

Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

Full-Color Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 35

FULL-COLOR

• Choose a black paperboard back or PenPort back and pen (PenPort includes elastic closure)

Deep Red

Midnight Blue

French Black

Slate

SQ-400E | 4 x 4 Square JotterPad (100 Sheets Blank Filler)

JP-500E | 3.5 x 5 Small JotterPad (100 Sheets Blank Filler)

JP-600E | 4 x 6 Large JotterPad (100 Sheets Ruled Filler)

MR-300E | 3 x 7 Mini-Reporter Pad (100 Sheets Ruled Filler)

Mocha

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 SQ-400E 4 x 4 50.00 3.83 JP-500E 3.5 x 5 50.00 4.82 JP-600E 4 x 6 50.00 5.46 MR-300E 3 x 7 50.00 4.97 SQ-500E 5 x 5 50.00 5.97 NP-700E 5 x 7 50.00 7.50

250 3.70 4.65 5.27 4.79 5.75 7.23

500 3.04 3.83 4.34 3.94 4.74 5.95

1000 2.59 3.26 3.69 3.35 4.03 5.06

2500 2.35 2.96 3.35 3.05 3.66 4.60

SQ-500E | 5 x 5 Square NotePad (100 Sheets Ruled Filler)

NP-700E | 5 x 7 NotePad (100 Sheets Ruled Filler)

boost it! ExpressLine with PenPort & Cougar Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 SQ-400X 50.00 5.17 5.03 JP-600X 50.00 6.46 6.27 NP-700X 50.00 8.50 8.23

500 1000 2500 4.38 3.92 3.69 5.34 4.69 4.35 6.95 6.06 5.60

PenPort not available on 3.5 x 5, 3 x 7, or 5 x 5 sizes.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

36 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ValueLine Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices

FULL-COLOR

ExpressLine • Choose from 11 sizes and 5 heavy paperboard cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; (4 x 4 & 3.5 x 5 have blank filler; 5.5 x 8.5, 7 x 10, & 8.5 x 11 come with 70 sheets) • 3.5 x 5, 3 x 7, 5 x 5: Matching back cover; All other sizes: Choose a matching back or PenPort back with Prestige or Cougar pen • Black wire-binding, also available in white, bronze, or pewter • Ships 3-5 business days after proof approval

EXPRESSLINE

• Up to 2 foil imprints allowed on front; No other customizations available

RP-400E | 4 x 8.5 ReporterPad (100 Sheets Ruled Filler)

Pricing (C) RP-400E SP-870E SQ-700E NB-170E NB-1170E

SP-870E | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (70 Sheets Ruled Filler)

SQ-700E | 7 x 7 Square NoteBook (100 Sheets Ruled Filler)

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 4 x 8.5 50.00 7.79 7.51 6.18 5.26 4.78 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 7.55 7.32 6.22 5.66 5.19 7 x 7 50.00 8.28 8.05 6.83 6.22 5.70 7 x 10 50.00 8.78 8.55 7.39 6.50 6.25 8.5 x 11 50.00 10.64 10.36 8.94 7.87 7.57

NB-170E | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (70 Sheets Ruled Filler)

NB-1170E | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (70 Sheets Ruled Filler)

boost it! ExpressLine with PenPort & Cougar Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 RP-400X 50.00 8.79 8.51 SP-870X 50.00 8.55 8.32 SQ-700X 50.00 9.12 8.88 NB-170X 50.00 9.78 9.55 NB-1170X 50.00 11.64 11.36

500 1000 2500 7.18 6.26 5.78 7.22 6.66 6.19 7.67 7.05 6.53 8.39 7.50 7.25 9.94 8.87 8.57

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

ValueLine Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 37

ClassicFlex PerfectBook™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 11 colors (below) • Flexible, wraparound paper covers • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Perfect-bound spine

ClassicFlex PerfectBook ™

Not Shown: Pink, White, Lime, Natural, and Brown, Red

Orange

Yellow

Green PNP-7C | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8C | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

PNB-10C | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

Blue

Black

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 PNP-7C 5 x 7 50.00 6.63 6.39 5.26 PSP-8C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 8.06 7.77 6.40 PNB-10C 7 x 10 50.00 10.71 10.38 8.74 PNB-11C 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.03 13.59 11.44

1000 2500 4.71 4.26 5.73 5.18 7.55 7.07 9.88 9.25

PNB-114CW | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert)

boost it! WindowFlex PerfectBooks

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-74CW 80.00 7.83 7.55 6.22 5.56 5.03 PSP-84CW 80.00 9.26 8.93 7.36 6.58 5.95 PNB-104CW 80.00 12.59 12.20 10.27 8.87 8.30 PNB-114CW 80.00 15.90 15.41 12.97 11.21 10.49

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

38 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

new!

PenSlip™ PerfectBook Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes (below; 7 x 10 not shown) • Flexible, wraparound covers with elastic pen loop in extended back; perfect-bound spine; 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• Classic: Choose from 11 cover colors (see page 38 for color options) and Cougar pens • Prestige: Choose from ColorFleck, Linen, or Matte materials (below) and Cougar pens •

Deluxe: Choose from TexturedMetallic, GlossMetallic, IndustrialMetallic, Sports, or NuMilano materials (see pages 51-57 & 61 for color options; call for additional options and pricing) and Bergen pens

• Full-Color cover also available (see page 30) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

new product!

PS-SP8C | 5.5 x 8.5 Classic PenSlip PerfectBook

PS-SP8P | 5.5 x 8.5 Prestige PenSlip PerfectBook

PS-SP8D | 5.5 x 8.5 Deluxe PenSlip PerfectBook

More Colors Available Call for details Red Lacquer ColorFleck

Mandarin ColorFleck

Botanic ColorFleck

Brown Linen PS-NP7C | 5 x 7 Classic PenSlip PerfectBook

PS-NP7P | 5 x 7 Prestige PenSlip PerfectBook

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PS-NP7C Classic 5 x 7 80.00 9.16 8.83 7.27 6.51 5.89 PS-SP8C Classic 5.5 x 8.5 80.00 10.83 10.44 8.60 7.69 6.96 PS-NB10C Classic 7 x 10 80.00 12.84 12.44 10.47 9.04 8.47 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G.

www.journalbooks.com

PS-NP7D | 5 x 7 Deluxe PenSlip PerfectBook

boost it! with Prestige and Deluxe Covers

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PS-NP7P Prestige 80.00 11.07 10.67 8.79 7.86 7.11 PS-SP8P Prestige 80.00 13.69 13.20 10.87 9.73 8.80 PS-NB10P Prestige 80.00 16.57 16.06 13.52 11.68 10.93 PS-NP7D Deluxe 80.00 11.89 11.47 9.44 8.45 7.64 PS-SP8D Deluxe 80.00 14.92 14.39 11.85 10.60 9.59 PS-NB10D Deluxe 80.00 18.19 17.62 14.84 12.81 11.99

Wine Linen

Navy Linen

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 39

ColorMatch PolyJournal Features and Choices

Choose more than one color for your Poly cover!

Call for pricing.

• Choose from 4 sizes (below) • Custom PMS-matched Poly front cover • Blank white gloss insert under Poly • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black paperboard back covers • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

UNLIMITED COLOR CHOICES!

NP-7PCM | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded PenPort & Score Pen)

NB-10PLSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Bergen Pen)

SP-8PCM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Multi-Color Screen Print on Front)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7PCM 5 x 7 125.00 10.29 SP-8PCM 5.5 x 8.5 125.00 11.46 NB-10PCM 7 x 10 125.00 13.28 NB-11PCM 8.5 x 11 125.00 15.89

250 9.93 11.10 12.93 15.47

500 8.17 9.35 11.17 13.36

1000 2500 6.95 6.32 8.07 7.56 9.83 9.10 11.76 10.89

NB-11PCM | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Multi-Color Screen Print on Front)

boost it! with Inserts, Pens, & SnapWraps

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NB-10PLSB (C) 80.00 18.20 17.87 16.23 14.98 14.30 PenPort & Score Pen (C) 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Bergen Pen Inserted (C) 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $150 G.

40 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 5 sizes (below) • Flexible, wraparound, paper covers printed in 1 or 2 PMS colors • 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Perfect-bound spine

UNLIMITED COLOR CHOICES!

PJP-600CM | 4 x 6 Large JotterPad

Pricing (C) PJP-600CM PNP-700CM PSP-800CM PSQ-700CM PNB-100CM

PNP-700CM | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/Ambassador Pen {DS-AM})

Size Setup (G) 250 4 x 6 150.00 7.03 5 x 7 150.00 8.11 5.5 x 8.5 150.00 9.35 7 x 7 150.00 11.10 7 x 10 150.00 12.95

PSP-800CM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

500 6.56 7.57 8.73 10.49 12.23

1000 2500 5.79 5.18 6.68 5.97 7.70 6.89 9.44 8.21 11.01 9.57

PSQ-700CM | 7 x 7 Square NoteBook

PNB-100CM | 7 x 10 NoteBook (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/Tuscany Pen {DS-TS})

boost it! with Penholder and Pen

Pricing DS-AMPEN (C) DS-TSPEN (C)

250 500 1000 2500 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 3.69 3.35 3.35 3.27

Call factory for higher quantities.

Price includes 1- or 2-color PMS colors on outer cover. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days.

Pre-production sample available for $50 G (pre-pros printed digitally, offset proofs not available).

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 41

JB COLLECTION

ColorMatch ImageFlex™

ECO-100CEP | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook w/EcoPort & EcoPen

ECO-700CEP | 5 x 7 NotePad w/EcoPort & EcoPen

Natural

Gray

Black ECO-700C | 5 x 7 NotePad

ECO-800C | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 ECO-700C 5 x 7 50.00 8.05 ECO-800C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.04 ECO-100C 7 x 10 50.00 11.64 ECO-1100C 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.60

250 7.77 9.73 11.33 14.22

500 6.40 8.19 9.79 12.28

ECO-100C | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

1000 2500 5.44 4.94 7.07 6.62 8.61 7.97 10.81 10.01

ECO-1100C | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

boost it! EcoNotes with EcoPort* Back and EcoPen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 ECO-700CEP 50.00 10.60 10.22 8.41 7.15 6.50 ECO-100CEP 50.00 13.19 12.85 11.09 9.76 9.04 EcoPort* available on 5 x 7 or 7 x 10 only

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

42 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

EcoBooks Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes (below); recycled covers with 100 sheets 60# ruled EcoFiller; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Wire-Bound EcoNotes • Paperboard front cover (3 options, below left) with matching backs • 5 x 7 & 7 x 10: Optional upgrade to Black EcoPort back with EcoPen • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

EcoFlex PerfectBooks • Choose from Natural and Black covers • Flexible paper covers with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Natural

Black PEC-700EB | 5 x 7 NotePad

PEC-800EB | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

PEC-100EB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PEC-700EB 5 x 7 50.00 8.04 7.75 6.38 5.71 5.17 PEC-800EB 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.26 9.89 8.14 7.29 6.59 PEC-100EB 7 x 10 50.00 13.54 13.11 11.04 9.54 8.93 PEC-1100EB 8.5 x 11 50.00 17.59 17.04 14.35 12.39 11.60 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

PEC-114EW | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert)

boost it! Eco WindowFlex PerfectBook, Rounded Corners

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PEC-74EW (C) 80.00 9.24 8.91 7.34 6.56 5.94 PEC-84EW (C) 80.00 11.46 11.05 9.10 8.14 7.37 PEC-104EW (C) 80.00 15.41 14.93 12.57 10.86 10.17 PEC-114EW (C) 80.00 19.47 18.86 15.88 13.72 12.84 2 Rounded Corners (G) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 43

Wine

Red

Brown

Royal Blue WP-74P | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

SP-8PLSB | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Bristol Pen)

NB-10PLJ | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

Navy

Black

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 NP-7PLJ 5 x 7 50.00 8.25 7.95 SP-8PLJ 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.59 10.26 NB-10PLJ 7 x 10 50.00 11.76 11.45 NB-11PLJ 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.97 14.57

500 1000 2500 6.55 5.57 5.06 8.64 7.46 6.98 9.89 8.70 8.06 12.59 11.08 10.26

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 44 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

NB-11PLJ | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, Pens, & More

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 WP-74P (C) 80.00 10.09 9.73 8.01 6.81 6.19 SP-8PLSB (C) 80.00 15.04 14.71 13.11 11.95 11.48 Bristol Pen (C) – 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 4 Rounded Corners (G) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

LinenJournals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 6 textured Linen cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

Wire-Bound LinenJournal • Heavy textured Linen paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

LinenFlex PerfectBook • Flexible Linen paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Wine

Red

Brown

Royal Blue PNP-7PLJ | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded DeluxeSpine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

PSP-8PLJ | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

PNB-104PW | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Windows; Call for pricing)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7PLJ 5 x 7 50.00 8.73 8.42 6.93 6.20 5.61 PSP-8PLJ 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 9.77 9.42 7.76 6.94 6.28 PNB-10PLJ 7 x 10 50.00 13.97 13.53 11.39 9.84 9.21 PNB-11PLJ 8.5 x 11 50.00 18.45 17.88 15.05 13.00 12.17

PNB-11PLJ | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Windows and Pens

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-104PW 80.00 15.90 15.40 12.97 11.20 10.48 DS-SQPEN – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25

Navy

Black

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 45

Red Lacquer

Mandarin

Botanic

Ink NP-7PCF | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

SP-8PCF | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

NB-10PLSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & SoHo Pen)

Charcoal

Silver

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7PCF 5 x 7 50.00 8.25 SP-8PCF 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.59 NB-10PCF 7 x 10 50.00 11.76 NB-11PCF 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.97

250 7.95 10.26 11.45 14.57

500 6.55 8.64 9.89 12.59

1000 2500 5.57 5.06 7.46 6.98 8.70 8.06 11.08 10.26

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 46 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

LWP-114P | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, Pens, & More

Pricing Setup (G) NB-10PLSB (C) 80.00 LWP-114P (C) 80.00 SoHo Pen (C) – 4 Rounded Corners (G)

100 250 500 1000 2500 15.04 14.71 13.11 11.95 11.48 16.85 16.41 14.17 12.47 11.55 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 6 ColorFleck cover colors with metallic flecks (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

Wire-Bound ColorFleck Journal • Heavy ColorFleck paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

ColorFleck Flex PerfectBook • Flexible ColorFleck paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Red Lacquer

Mandarin

Botanic

Ink PNP-7PCF | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8PCF | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

PNB-104PW | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert & Rounded Corners)

PNB-11PCF | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

boost it! with Windows, Pens, Personalizations, & More

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7PCF 5 x 7 50.00 8.73 8.42 6.93 6.20 5.61 PSP-8PCF 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 9.77 9.42 7.76 6.94 6.28 PNB-10PCF 7 x 10 50.00 13.97 13.53 11.39 9.84 9.21 PNB-11PCF 8.5 x 11 50.00 18.45 17.88 15.05 13.00 12.17

Pricing 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-104PW (C) 15.90 15.40 12.97 11.20 10.48 DS-SQPEN (C) 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 Personalization (G) 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 2 Rounded Corners (G) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Call factory for setups, other sizes, and higher quantities.

www.journalbooks.com

Charcoal

Silver

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 47

JB COLLECTION

ColorFleck Journals

Not Shown: Black

Pink

Firebrick

Orange

Meadow NP-7PLSB | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Shimmer Pen)

SPWP-84P | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

LWP-104P | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert; Custom Windows; Call for pricing)

Lapis

Navy

NB-11PSM | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

boost it! with SnapWraps, Windows, & Rounded Corners

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NP-7PSM 5 x 7 50.00 8.25 7.95 6.55 5.57 5.06 SP-8PSM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.59 10.26 8.64 7.46 6.98 NB-10PSM 7 x 10 50.00 11.76 11.45 9.89 8.70 8.06 NB-11PSM 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.97 14.57 12.59 11.08 10.26

Pricing 100 250 500 1000 2500 NP-7PLSB (C) 12.71 12.42 11.03 10.07 9.57 SPWP-84P (C) 12.06 11.68 9.84 8.50 7.96 LWP-104P (C) 13.65 13.29 11.48 10.10 9.35 4 Rounded Corners (G) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

48 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

SmoothMatte Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 7 SmoothMatte cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

Wire-Bound SmoothMatte • Heavy SmoothMatte paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

SmoothMatte Flex PerfectBook • Flexible SmoothMatte paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Not Shown: Black

Pink

Firebrick

Orange

Meadow PNP-7PSM | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8PSM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

PNB-104PW | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7PSM 5 x 7 50.00 8.73 8.42 6.93 6.20 5.61 PSP-8PSM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 9.77 9.42 7.76 6.94 6.28 PNB-10PSM 7 x 10 50.00 13.97 13.53 11.39 9.84 9.21 PNB-11PSM 8.5 x 11 50.00 18.45 17.88 15.05 13.00 12.17

PNB-11PSM | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Windows and SoftSquare Pens

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-104PW 50.00 15.90 15.40 12.97 11.20 10.48 DS-SQPEN – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25

Lapis

Navy

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 49

White

Red

Purple

Blue NP-7PGM | 5 x 7 NotePad

SP-8PLBS | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Bergen Pen)

NB-10PGM | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

Silver

Black

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7PGM 5 x 7 50.00 8.25 SP-8PGM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.59 NB-10PGM 7 x 10 50.00 11.76 NB-11PGM 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.97

250 7.95 10.26 11.45 14.57

500 6.55 8.64 9.89 12.59

1000 2500 5.57 5.06 7.46 6.98 8.70 8.06 11.08 10.26

LWP-114P | 7 x 10 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

boost it! with SnapWraps, Windows, & Pens

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SP-8PLSB 80.00 15.04 14.71 13.11 11.95 11.48 LWP-114P 80.00 16.85 16.41 14.17 12.47 11.55 Bergen Pen – 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 50 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

GlossMetallic Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 6 glossy paper cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

Wire-Bound GlossMetallic Journal • Heavy GlossMetallic paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

GlossMetallic Flex PerfectBook • Flexible GlossMetallic paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

White

Red

Purple

Blue PNP-7DGM | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded DeluxeSpine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

PSP-8DGM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 PNP-7DGM 5 x 7 50.00 10.67 PSP-8DGM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.71 PNB-10DGM 7 x 10 50.00 17.34 PNB-11DGM 8.5 x 11 50.00 22.95

250 500 10.28 8.47 11.29 9.30 16.80 14.14 22.23 18.72

PNB-104DW | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert & Rounded Corners)

1000 2500 7.58 6.86 8.32 7.53 12.21 11.44 16.17 15.14

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

PNB-11DGM | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Pens, Windows, Personalizations, & More

Pricing PNB-104DW (C) DS-SQPEN (C) Personalization (G) 2 Rounded Corners (G)

100 250 500 1000 2500 19.27 18.67 15.72 13.58 12.71 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Silver

Black

Call factory for setups, other sizes, and higher quantities.

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 51

Hammered Silver

Hammered Titanium

Hammered Black

Brushed Silver WP-74D | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

SP-8DTM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

NB-10DLSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Bristol Pen)

Brushed Titanium

Brushed Black

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7DTM 5 x 7 50.00 8.90 SP-8DTM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.45 NB-10DTM 7 x 10 50.00 12.42 NB-11DTM 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.81

250 8.58 11.10 12.09 15.40

500 7.07 9.34 10.44 13.30

1000 2500 6.01 5.46 8.07 7.40 9.19 8.51 11.70 10.84

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 52 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

NB-11DTM | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, Pens, & More

Pricing 100 250 500 1000 2500 WP-74D (C) 10.70 10.32 8.49 7.22 6.56 NB-10DLSB (C) 18.20 17.88 16.23 14.99 14.31 Bristol Pen (C) 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 4 Rounded Corners (G) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 6 textured metallic cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

Wire-Bound TexturedMetallic • Heavy TexturedMetallic paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

TexturedMetallic Flex PerfectBook • Flexible TexturedMetallic paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Hammered Silver

Hammered Titanium

Hammered Black

Brushed Silver PNP-7DTM | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8DTM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded DeluxeSpine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 PNP-7DTM 5 x 7 50.00 10.67 PSP-8DTM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.71 PNB-10DTM 7 x 10 50.00 17.34 PNB-11DTM 8.5 x 11 50.00 22.95

250 500 10.28 8.47 11.29 9.30 16.80 14.14 22.23 18.72

PNB-10DTM | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

1000 2500 7.58 6.86 8.32 7.53 12.21 11.44 16.17 15.14

PNB-114DW | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

boost it! with Pens, Windows, & Personalizations

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-114DW (C) 80.00 24.88 24.10 20.30 17.53 16.41 Personalization (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 DS-SQPEN (C) – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25

Brushed Titanium

Brushed Black

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 53

JB COLLECTION

TexturedMetallic Journals

Golf

Hoop

Touchdown WP-74D | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

SP-8DLSB | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Prestige Pen)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7DSB 5 x 7 50.00 8.90 SP-8DSB 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.45 NB-10DSB 7 x 10 50.00 12.42 NB-11DSB 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.81

250 8.58 11.10 12.09 15.40

500 7.07 9.34 10.44 13.30

NB-10DSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

1000 2500 6.01 5.46 8.07 7.40 9.19 8.51 11.70 10.84

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 54 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

NB-11DSB | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgrade PenPort & Prestige Pen)

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, & Pens

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 WP-74D 80.00 10.70 10.32 8.49 7.22 6.56 SP-8DLSB 80.00 15.91 15.55 13.82 12.56 11.90 PenPort & Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 *Pricing includes Ridge, Ambassador, Versa, Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, SoftSquare, Eco, Mini Eco, or Astor Pen

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

SportsBooks Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 3 textured Sports cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

Wire-Bound SportsBooks • Heavy Sports paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

SportsFlex PerfectBook • Flexible Sports paper covers with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Golf

Hoop

Touchdown PNP-7DSB | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8DSB | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded GraphicWrap)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 PNP-7DSB 5 x 7 50.00 10.67 PSP-8DSB 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.71 PNB-10DSB 7 x 10 50.00 17.34 PNB-11DSB 8.5 x 11 50.00 22.95

250 500 10.28 8.47 11.29 9.30 16.80 14.14 22.23 18.72

PNB-104DW | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

1000 2500 7.58 6.86 8.32 7.53 12.21 11.44 16.17 15.14

PNB-11DSB | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

boost it! with Windows, GraphicWraps, Pens, & More

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-104DW (C) 80.00 19.27 18.67 15.72 13.58 12.71 GraphicWrap (G) 50.00 2.03 1.78 1.41 1.21 0.98 DS-SQPEN (C) – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 Personalization(G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 55

Gunmetal Mesh

Black Mesh

Silver Carbon

Titanium Carbon WP-74D | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

SP-8DLSB | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Bristol Pen)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7DIM 5 x 7 50.00 8.90 SP-8DIM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.45 NB-10DIM 7 x 10 50.00 12.42 NB-11DIM 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.81

250 8.58 11.10 12.09 15.40

500 7.07 9.34 10.44 13.30

NB-10DLSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Executive Pen)

1000 2500 6.01 5.46 8.07 7.40 9.19 8.51 11.70 10.84

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 56 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

LWP-114D | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert; Custom Windows; Call for pricing)

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, & Pens

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 WP-74D 80.00 10.70 10.32 8.49 7.22 6.56 LWP-114D 80.00 17.95 17.48 15.09 13.28 12.30 SP-8DLSB 80.00 15.91 15.55 13.82 12.56 11.90 NB-10DLSB 80.00 18.20 17.88 16.23 14.99 14.31 Bristol or Executive Pen 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 4 textured cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

Wire-Bound IndustrialMetallic • IndustrialMetallic paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

IndustrialMetallic Flex PerfectBook • Flexible IndustrialMetallic paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Gunmetal Mesh

Black Mesh

Silver Carbon

Titanium Carbon PNP-7DIM | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8DIM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Corner Elastic & Rounded Corners)

PNB-10DIM | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded DeluxeSpine w/Tuscany Pen {DS-TS})

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7DIM 5 x 7 50.00 10.67 10.28 8.47 7.58 6.86 PSP-8DIM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.71 11.29 9.30 8.32 7.53 PNB-10DIM 7 x 10 50.00 17.34 16.80 14.14 12.21 11.44 PNB-11DIM 8.5 x 11 50.00 22.95 22.23 18.72 16.17 15.14

PNB-114DW | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Windows; Call for pricing)

boost it! with Elastic Bands, Pens, & Windows

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-114DW (C) 80.00 24.88 24.10 20.30 17.53 16.41 DS-TSPEN (C) – 3.69 3.69 3.35 3.35 3.27 Corner Elastic (G) – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 57

JB COLLECTION

IndustrialMetallic Journals

Cognac

Sunny

Tangerine

Peridot NP-7DSH | 5 x 7 NotePad

SPWP-84D | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

NB-10DLSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Executive Pen)

Mulberry Cord

Marine Cord

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7DSH 5 x 7 50.00 8.90 SP-8DSH 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.45 NB-10DSH 7 x 10 50.00 12.42 NB-11DSH 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.81

250 8.58 11.10 12.09 15.40

500 7.07 9.34 10.44 13.30

1000 2500 6.01 5.46 8.07 7.40 9.19 8.51 11.70 10.84

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 58 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

NB-11DSH | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, Pens, & More

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SPWP-84D (C) 80.00 13.00 12.59 10.60 9.16 8.57 NB-10DLSB (C) 80.00 18.20 17.88 16.23 14.99 14.31 Executive Pen (C) – 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 4 Rounded Corners (G) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 6 iridescent Shimmer cover colors • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

Wire-Bound ShimmerJournal • Heavy Shimmer paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

ShimmerFlex PerfectBook • Flexible Shimmer paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Cognac

Sunny

Tangerine

Peridot PNP-7DSH | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-84DW | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

PNB-10DSH | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7DSH 5 x 7 50.00 10.67 10.28 8.47 7.58 6.86 PSP-8DSH 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.71 11.29 9.30 8.32 7.53 PNB-10DSH 7 x 10 50.00 17.34 16.80 14.14 12.21 11.44 PNB-11DSH 8.5 x 11 50.00 22.95 22.23 18.72 16.17 15.14

PNB-11DSH | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

boost it! with Windows, Pens, & Personalizations

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PSP-84DW (C) 80.00 12.97 12.51 10.30 9.22 8.34 DS-SQPEN (C) – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 Personalization(G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56

Mulberry Cord

Marine Cord

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 59

JB COLLECTION

ShimmerJournals

Not Shown: Brown & Slate

Red

Orange

Adobe

Green NP-7DNM | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

SP-8DNM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

NB-10DLSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Bristol Pen)

Navy

Coal

LWP-114D | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, Pens, & More

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NP-7DNM 5 x 7 50.00 8.90 8.58 7.07 6.01 5.46 SP-8DNM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.45 11.10 9.34 8.07 7.40 NB-10DNM 7 x 10 50.00 12.42 12.09 10.44 9.19 8.51 NB-11DNM 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.81 15.40 13.30 11.70 10.84

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NB-10DLSB (C) 80.00 18.20 17.88 16.23 14.99 14.31 LWP-114D (C) 80.00 17.95 17.48 15.09 13.28 12.30 Bristol Pen (C) – 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 4 Rounded Corners (G) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

60 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

NuMilano Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 8 paper NuMilano cover colors • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

Wire-Bound NuMilano Journal • Heavy NuMilano paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

NuMilano Flex PerfectBook • Flexible NuMilano paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Not Shown: Brown & Slate

Red

Orange

Adobe

Green PNP-7DNM | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded DeluxeSpine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

PSP-84DW | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Windows; Call for pricing)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 PNP-7DNM 5 x 7 50.00 10.67 PSP-8DNM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.71 PNB-10DNM 7 x 10 50.00 17.34 PNB-11DNM 8.5 x 11 50.00 22.95

250 10.28 11.29 16.80 22.23

500 8.47 9.30 14.14 18.72

PNB-10DNM | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

1000 2500 7.58 6.86 8.32 7.53 12.21 11.44 16.17 15.14

PNB-11DNM | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Windows, Pens, & Personalizations

Pricing Setup(G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PSP-84DW (C) 80.00 12.97 12.51 10.30 9.22 8.34 DS-SQPEN (C) – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 Personalization(G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56

Navy

Coal

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 61

Cherry

Indigo

Plum

Dusk NP-7DCR | 5 x 7 NotePad

SPWP-84D | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

NB-10DLSB | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Score Stylus/Pen)

Twilight

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 NP-7DCR 5 x 7 50.00 8.90 SP-8DCR 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.45 NB-10DCR 7 x 10 50.00 12.42 NB-11DCR 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.81

250 8.58 11.10 12.09 15.40

500 7.07 9.34 10.44 13.30

1000 2500 6.01 5.46 8.07 7.40 9.19 8.51 11.70 10.84

NB-11DCR | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Windows, SnapWraps, & Pens

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SPWP-84D 80.00 13.00 12.59 10.60 9.16 8.57 NB-10DLSB 80.00 18.20 17.88 16.23 14.99 14.31 Score/Stylus Pen – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 62 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

CrushJournals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 5 velvety Crush cover colors • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

Wire-Bound CrushJournal • Heavy Crush paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

CrushFlex PerfectBook • Flexible Crush paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Cherry

Indigo

Plum

Dusk PNP-7LCR | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-8LCR | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/SoftSquare Pen {DS-SQ})

PNB-10LCR | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7LCR 5 x 7 50.00 11.73 11.31 9.31 8.33 7.54 PSP-8LCR 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.40 11.96 9.85 8.81 7.97 PNB-10LCR 7 x 10 50.00 18.81 18.23 15.35 13.25 12.41 PNB-11LCR 8.5 x 11 50.00 25.01 24.23 20.40 17.62 16.49

PNB-114LW | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert & Rounded Corners)

boost it! with Windows, Pens, & Rounded Corners

Twilight

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-114LW (C) 80.00 27.21 26.36 22.20 19.17 17.95 DS-SQPEN (C) – 1.67 1.67 1.33 1.33 1.25 2 Rounded Corners (G) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 63

Not Shown: Black (available in both textures) Hatched Lt. Blue

Hatched Navy

Hatched Gunmetal

Dot Lt. Blue NP-7LTN | 5 x 7 NotePad (Corner Elastic Closure)

SP-8LLSB | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Preston Pen)

LWP-104L | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert; Custom Window; Call for pricing)

Dot Navy

Dot Gunmetal

NB-11LTN | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded PenPort & Bergen Pen)

boost it! with SnapWraps, Windows, Pens, & More

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NP-7LTN 5 x 7 50.00 10.76 10.37 8.54 7.26 6.60 SP-8LTN 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 13.17 12.76 10.75 9.28 8.51 NB-10LTN 7 x 10 50.00 16.07 15.65 13.51 11.89 11.01 NB-11LTN 8.5 x 11 50.00 20.79 20.24 17.48 15.38 14.24

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SP-8LLSB (C) 80.00 17.76 17.35 15.33 13.87 13.09 LWP-104L (C) 80.00 18.22 17.74 15.32 13.49 12.49 Preston Pen (C) – 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 Corner Elastic (G) – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Call factory for setups, other sizes, and higher quantities.

64 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

TechnoMetallic Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 8 textured metallic cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

Wire-Bound TechnoMetallic • Heavy TechnoMetallic paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

TechnoMetallic Flex PerfectBook • Flexible TechnoMetallic paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Not Shown: Black

Hatched Lt. Blue

Hatched Navy

Hatched Gunmetal

Dot Lt. Blue PNP-7LTN | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/Tuscany Pen {DS-TS})

PSP-84LW | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert; Custom Windows; Call for pricing)

PNB-10LTN | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded PenDock, Bergen Pen, & Rounded Corners)

PNB-11LTN | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Windows, Pens, & Rounded Corners

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7LTN 5 x 7 50.00 11.73 11.31 9.31 8.33 7.54 PSP-8LTN 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.40 11.96 9.85 8.81 7.97 PNB-10LTN 7 x 10 50.00 18.81 18.23 15.35 13.25 12.41 PNB-11LTN 8.5 x 11 50.00 25.01 24.23 20.40 17.62 16.49

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PSP-84LW (C) 80.00 13.97 13.48 11.10 9.93 8.98 DS-TSPEN (C) – 3.69 3.69 3.35 3.35 3.27 PenDock w/Pen* (C) 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.45 2 Rounded Corners (G) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

*Pricing is for Bergen pen. Call factory for setups, other sizes, and higher quantities.

www.journalbooks.com

Dot Navy

Dot Gunmetal

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 65

new product!

Tan Rustic Leather

Brown Rustic Leather

Black Rustic Leather WP-74L | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

SP-8LLSB | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Eco Pen)

NB-10LRL | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NP-7LRL 5 x 7 50.00 10.76 10.37 8.54 7.26 6.60 SP-8LRL 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 13.17 12.76 10.75 9.28 8.51 NB-10LRL 7 x 10 50.00 16.07 15.65 13.51 11.89 11.01 NB-11LRL 8.5 x 11 50.00 20.79 20.24 17.48 15.38 14.24

NB-11LRL | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with SnapWraps, Pens, & Windows

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 WP-74L (C) 80.00 12.88 12.42 10.23 8.70 7.91 SP-8LLSB (C) 80.00 15.32 14.84 12.50 10.79 10.11 Eco Pen (C) – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 66 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

new!

RusticLeather Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 3 textured leather cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

Wire-Bound RusticLeather • Heavy RusticLeather paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

RusticLeather Flex PerfectBook • Flexible RusticLeather paper covers with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Tan Rustic Leather

Brown Rustic Leather

Black Rustic Leather PNP-7LRL | 5 x 7 NotePad

PSP-84LRW | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 PNP-7LRL 5 x 7 50.00 11.01 9.44 PSP-8LRL 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.53 10.74 PNB-10LRL 7 x 10 50.00 16.50 15.81 PNB-11LRL 8.5 x 11 50.00 23.01 22.05

PNB-10LRL | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

500 1000 2500 9.01 8.26 7.93 10.26 9.40 9.03 15.18 14.60 13.56 21.17 20.36 18.90

PNB-11LRL | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/Tuscany Pen {DS-TS})

boost it! with Windows, Inserts, & Pens

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PSP-84LRW (C) 80.00 13.90 11.91 11.37 10.42 10.01 DS-TSPEN (C) – 3.69 3.69 3.35 3.35 3.27

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 67

Cedar

Cherry

Walnut JP-6WG | 4 x 6 JotterPad

NP-7WG | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Full-Color Insert)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 JP-6WG 4 x 6 50.00 8.44 NP-7WG 5 x 7 50.00 10.77 SP-8WG 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.55 NB-10WG 7 x 10 50.00 17.11

250 7.24 8.43 12.00 16.37

SP-8WG | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Elastic Closure)

500 6.91 7.75 11.04 15.06

1000 2500 6.33 6.08 7.45 7.18 10.62 10.23 14.48 13.94

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G. 68 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

NB-10WG | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded PenPort & EcoPen)

boost it! with Inserts, Elastic Bands, & Pens

Pricing 100 250 500 1000 2500 4/0 Insert (Small) (G) 1.51 1.21 0.98 0.84 0.66 4/0 Insert (7 x 10) (G) 2.12 1.85 1.37 1.17 0.93 Elastic Closure (G) 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 PenPort & Eco Pen (C) 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 No setups on above options. Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

WoodGrain Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 3 colors (below) Note: Covers made from real wood; allow for variances in grain pattern & color • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

Wire-Bound WoodGrain • Heavy WoodGrain paperboard front cover and Natural paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

WoodGrain Flex PerfectBook • Flexible WoodGrain paper covers (mounted on 14pt. white paper) with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Cedar

Cherry

Walnut PJP-6WG | 4 x 6 JotterPad

PNP-7WG | 5 x 7 NotePad

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 PJP-6WG 4 x 6 50.00 13.46 PNP-7WG 5 x 7 50.00 14.01 PSP-8WG 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 20.46 PNB-10WG 7 x 10 50.00 30.55

PSP-84WGW | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert)

250 11.53 12.01 17.53 29.28

500 11.01 11.46 16.74 28.11

1000 2500 10.09 9.69 10.51 10.09 15.34 14.73 27.03 25.10

PNB-10WG | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

boost it! WoodGrain WindowFlex PerfectBooks Pricing (C) Setup (G) PNP-74WGW 80.00 PSP-84WGW 80.00 PNB-104WGW 80.00

100 250 500 1000 2500 15.37 13.18 12.58 11.53 11.07 21.82 18.70 17.85 16.36 15.71 32.18 30.84 29.61 28.47 26.43

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 69

Not Shown: Navy and Black Madera Burgundy Madera

Hickory Madera

Spice Madera

Espresso Madera NP-7LLSB | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Leather SnapWrap {LSB} & Bristol Pen)

SPWP-84L | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded WindowPad w/Insert)

NB-10LMM | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Elastic Closure)

Blue Milano

Black Milano

NB-11LMM | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with SnapWraps, Pens, Windows, & More

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NP-7LMM 5 x 7 50.00 10.76 10.37 8.54 7.26 6.60 SP-8LMM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 13.17 12.76 10.75 9.28 8.51 NB-10LMM 7 x 10 50.00 16.07 15.65 13.51 11.89 11.01 NB-11LMM 8.5 x 11 50.00 20.79 20.24 17.48 15.38 14.24

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 NP-7LLSB (C) 80.00 15.34 14.95 13.12 11.84 11.18 SPWP-84L (C) 80.00 15.06 14.59 12.29 10.61 9.93 Bristol Pen (C) – 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 Elastic Closure (G) – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

70 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

JB COLLECTION

Milano & Madera Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 2 vinyl Milano or 6 vinyl Madera cover colors (below) • 1-color foil or blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq. (Blind deboss only on Milano covers) • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper

Wire-Bound Milano and Madera • Heavy Milano or Madera paperboard front cover and black paperboard back cover • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

MilanoFlex and MaderaFlex • Flexible Milano or Madera covers with wraparound perfect-bound spine

Not Shown: Navy and Black Madera Burgundy Madera

Hickory Madera

Spice Madera

Espresso Madera PNP-7LMM | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

PSP-8LMM | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad (Upgraded Deluxe Spine w/Tuscany Pen {DS-TS})

PNB-10MM | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNP-7LMM 5 x 7 50.00 11.45 9.82 9.37 8.59 8.25 PSP-8LMM 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.42 10.65 10.16 9.32 8.94 PNB-10LMM 7 x 10 50.00 17.71 16.97 16.29 15.67 14.55 PNB-11LMM 8.5 x 11 50.00 23.61 22.62 21.72 20.88 19.39

PNB-114LW | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook (Upgraded WindowFlex w/Insert)

boost it! with Windows, Pens, & Rounded Corners

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PNB-114MW (C) 80.00 25.24 24.18 23.22 22.32 20.73 DS-TSPEN (C) – 3.69 3.69 3.35 3.35 3.27 2 Rounded Corners (G) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Blue Milano

Black Milano

Call factory for more pen selections and pen imprint pricing.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 71

RusticWraps™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 5 cover styles (below) • Flexible, wraparound covers with strap closure and perfect-bound spine •

Choose any ClassicFelt (below left), Milano, Madera, or NEW RusticLeather cover (Crush option also available, call for pricing; See Milano, Madera, and Crush cover colors inside back cover)

• 1-color foil or blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover; Blind deboss only on Milano covers) • 150 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

new cover style!

More Materials Available.

Call for details.

NEW! Tan Rustic Leather

NEW! Brown Rustic Leather

NEW! Black Rustic Leather

White Classic Felt PW-715M | 5 x 7 Small Milano RusticWrap

PW-815CF | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium ClassicFelt RusticWrap

Sand Classic Felt

Cordovan Classic Felt

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 PW-615CF 4 x 6 50.00 12.18 9.75 8.60 PW-715CF 5 x 7 50.00 16.22 12.98 11.45 PW-815CF 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 20.15 16.60 14.85 PW-115CF 7 x 10 50.00 24.86 20.47 18.32

500 1000 7.69 6.96 10.24 9.27 12.83 11.29 15.82 13.92

PW-815M | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium RusticLeather RusticWrap

PW-115M | 7 x 10 Large Madera RusticWrap

boost it! with RusticLeather, Milano, or Madera Covers

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 PW-615M 50.00 21.14 16.91 14.92 13.35 12.08 PW-715M 50.00 27.45 21.96 19.38 17.34 15.69 PW-815M 50.00 30.06 24.76 22.15 19.13 16.84 PW-115M 50.00 39.30 32.36 28.96 25.01 22.01

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

72 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | The JB Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 5 sizes (below) • Silver aluminum front cover and black paperboard back covers • Embossed imprint up to 16” sq. or a 1-color screen printed imprint • 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper (8.5 x 11 size has 70 sheets only); also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Pewter wire binding is standard, also available in black, white, or bronze

AL-600B | 4 x 6 JotterPad

AL-700B | 5 x 7 NotePad (Upgraded 2-Color Screen Print)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 AL-600B 4 x 6 80.00 7.08 AL-700B 5 x 7 80.00 8.89 AL-800B 5.5 x 8.5 80.00 12.13 AL-100B 7 x 10 80.00 17.69 AL-1170B 8.5 x 11 80.00 17.80

AL-800B | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad

250 6.85 8.59 11.83 17.29 17.41

500 6.30 7.87 11.12 16.28 16.43

1000 2500 5.89 5.68 7.33 7.05 10.56 10.19 15.50 14.98 15.68 15.18

AL-100B | 7 x 10 Medium NoteBook (Upgraded Additional 2-Color Screen Print)

AL-1170B | 8.5 x 11 Large NoteBook

boost it! with Additional Screen Print (plus Embossing)

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 1-Color Screen 80.00 1.00 0.80 0.68 0.58 0.48 2-Color Screen 80.00 1.50 1.20 1.01 0.86 0.71 3-Color Screen 80.00 2.25 1.80 1.52 1.29 1.07

Call for higher quantities. Price includes embossed imprint up to 16” sq. or one-color screen print. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service is available.

Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G.

www.journalbooks.com

The JB Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 73

JB COLLECTION

AlloyJournal™

GoalTracker™ Features and Choices • 5 x 7 journal with Cover Series 1 paperboard front and back covers (see options inside back cover) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 100 sheets 60# goal-themed writing paper • 5 full-color, 2-sided inserts placed throughout filler; Choose from “Personal” or “Business” GoalTracker styles (below) • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

create your own!

Supply your own custom images and we’ll print them on the back of each monthly calendar page in brilliant full-color. $100 G setup.

Call for more details.

Insert (Back)

Insert (Back) Insert (Front)

Insert (Front)

Business GoalTracker Filler

Personal GoalTracker Filler

GT-700BUS | 5 x 7 Business GoalTracker (Upgraded PenPort w/Score Pen, & Personalization)

GT-700PER | 5 x 7 Personal GoalTracker (Upgraded PenPort w/EcoPen)

Pricing (C) GT-700PER GT-700BUS

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5 x 7 50.00 11.37 10.51 8.90 7.72 7.06 5 x 7 50.00 11.37 10.51 8.90 7.72 7.06

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

74 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

boost it! with a PenPort and Pen, and Personalizations

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PenPort & Pen* (C) – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Personalization (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 *PenPort/Pen pricing includes Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Eco, and Astor Pens.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

EventPlanner™ Features and Choices •

Dual cover design: Short poly overlay with full-size, 2nd paperboard front and back covers from Cover Series 1 (see options inside back cover)

• Full-color, 1- or 2-sided insert on 80# Gloss Cover stock • Optional 12-month quarterly planner • 1-color foil imprint on paperboard front, up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid; 5.5 x 8.5: 70 sheets, 7 x 10: 50 sheets • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

SEP-870BNC | 5.5 x 8.5 Small EventPlanner (Upgraded PenPort w/Prestige Pen)

EP-150B | Includes a 12-month, 4-Quarter Calendar (Customize your calendar for only $50 G. Send us your text and we’ll place it in the calendar for you!)

SEP-870BNC | 5.5 x 8.5 Small EventPlanner

EP-150BNC | 7 x 10 Large EventPlanner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SEP-870BNC 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 9.42 9.13 7.69 6.64 6.22 EP-150BNC 7 x 10 50.00 11.44 11.14 9.62 8.46 7.84 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.journalbooks.com

EP-150B | 7 x 10 Large EventPlanner (Upgraded PenPort w/Shimmer Pen)

boost it! 4-Quarter Calendar, PenPort and Prestige Pen

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SEP-870B 50.00 10.77 10.48 9.04 7.54 7.12 EP-150B 50.00 13.24 12.94 11.42 10.01 9.38 PenPort & Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 *PenPort/Pen pricing includes Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Eco, and Astor Pens.

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 75

THEMEBOOKS

• Choose from 2 sizes (below)

MobileTabs Journals Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes (below) • Cover Series 1 paperboard front and back covers (see options on back cover) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • Three full-color, removable, clip-in tabs • 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter •

Optional stock 6 x 4 RecipeBook (below): features pre-designed tabs for “appetizers, entrées, and desserts” and reciperecording filler

Includes Removable Tabs

Includes Removable Tabs Includes Removable Tabs

MT-600C | 4 x 6 MobileTab Jotter (Stock Ruled Filler)

MT-800C | 5.5 x 8.5 MobileTab Journal (Stock Ruled Filler)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 MT-600C 4 x 6 100.00 8.48 7.77 6.48 MT-800C 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 13.92 12.89 10.73 RB-600C 6 x 4 100.00 8.48 7.77 6.48

RB-600C | 6 x 4 RecipeBook (Stock Recipe Filler)

1000 2500 5.57 5.02 9.19 8.31 5.57 5.02

boost it! with Tabs Printed on Two Sides

Pricing (C) 2nd Side Printing

100 250 500 1000 2500 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

76 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

TabPlanner Features and Choices • Choose any heavy paperboard front and back covers from Cover Series 1 (see options inside back cover) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) •

1 bank of 4 full-color, die-cut tabs on 120# Cover stock with UV coat; Tabs extend beyond filler, for quick reference (open tabs)

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper (25 sheets behind each tab); also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter • More sizes and tab options available; call factory for details and pricing

Medium TabPlanner Filler and Tabs

TSP-84C | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium TabPlanner (Upgraded PenPort w/Sharkbite Pen)

TNB-104C | 7 x 10 Medium TabPlanner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 TNP-74C 5 x 7 100.00 10.02 9.77 8.55 7.70 7.26 TSP-84C 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 11.96 11.68 10.29 9.28 8.87 TSQ-74C 7 x 7 100.00 12.96 12.69 11.37 10.41 10.02 TNB-104C 7 x 10 100.00 14.68 14.41 13.03 11.99 11.42 TNB-1104C 8.5 x 11 100.00 17.82 17.46 15.67 14.31 13.57

TNB-1104C | 8.5 x 11 Large TabPlanner

boost it! with a PenPort and Pen, and Personalizations

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PenPort & Pen* (C) – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Personalization (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 *PenPort/Pen pricing includes Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Eco, and Astor Pens.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.journalbooks.com

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 77

THEMEBOOKS

• Choose from 4 sizes (below)

PocketPads™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes and 2 styles (below) • Flexible, wraparound paper covers with top-bound, glued spines and built in pocket inside front cover • Classic: Flexible paper covers in 11 colors (below); 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. imprint area • Full-Color: Full-color outer cover on flexible Gloss White Cover stock with Gloss UV Coat • 100 sheets 60# perforated paper (3 x 4.5: blank filler; 3.5 x 6.5 and 5.5 x 8.5: ruled filler) • Black elastic privacy closure • Ships 5-7 business days after proof approval • This item does not feature a contact/ calendar page

Not Shown: White, Lime, Natural, and Black Pink

Red

Orange

Yellow PP-600PK | 3.5 x 6.5 Medium Classic PocketPad

Green

Blue

Pricing (C) PP-600PK Classic PP-800PK Classic

PP-800PK | 5.5 x 8.5 Large Classic PocketPad

PFC-500PK | 3 x 4.5 Small Full-Color PocketPad

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 3.5 x 6.5 50.00 7.16 6.40 5.79 5.29 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.24 9.16 8.29 7.57

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. 5-7 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G.

78 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

PFC-600PK | 3.5 x 6.5 Medium Full-Color PocketPad

PFC-800PK | 5.5 x 8.5 Large Full-Color PocketPad

boost it! Full-Color PocketPads

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 PFC-500PK 50.00 8.51 7.61 6.89 6.29 PFC-600PK 50.00 7.72 6.91 6.25 5.71 PFC-800PK 50.00 12.35 11.05 9.99 9.12 Price includes full-color outside cover & pocket.

Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

new!

JustNotes & TucNotes™ • Choose from 3 sizes and 4 styles (below) • Flexible, wraparound paper covers with top-bound, glued spines • JustNotes: Standard front & back covers • TucNotes: Extended cover that tucks into top spine • Classic: Flexible paper covers in 11 colors (below); 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. imprint area • Full-Color: Full-color outer cover on flexible Gloss White Cover stock with Gloss UV Coat • 50 sheets 60# perforated paper (3 x 5: blank filler; 3 x 7 & 4 x 6: ruled filler) • Ships 3-5 business days after proof approval • Custom imprinted outer cover only; No other customizations available (This item does not feature a contact/calendar page)

new style & size!

Not Shown: Pink, White, Lime, Natural, and Black

JN-35FC | 3 x 5 Small Full-Color JustNotes

JN-46FC | 4 x 6 Medium Full-Color JustNotes

JN-37FC | 3 x 7 Large Full-Color JustNotes

TN-46FC | 4 x 6 Medium Full-Color TucNotes

TN-37FC | 3 x 7 Large Full-Color TucNotes

Red

TN-35FC | 3 x 5 Small Full-Color TucNotes Orange

Yellow

Green JN-35 | 3 x 5 Small Paper JustNotes

JN-46 | 4 x 6 Medium Paper JustNotes

JN-37 | 3 x 7 Large Paper JustNotes

TN-35 | 3 x 5 Small Paper TucNotes

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 JN-35 Paper 3 x 5 50.00 3.11 2.74 2.33 1.98 JN-37 Paper 3 x 7 50.00 4.03 3.55 3.02 2.57 JN-46 Paper 4 x 6 50.00 4.44 3.92 3.33 2.84 TN-35 Paper 3 x 5 50.00 3.55 3.13 2.66 2.27 TN-37 Paper 3 x 7 50.00 4.47 3.95 3.35 2.85 TN-46 Paper 4 x 6 50.00 4.89 4.31 3.67 3.12

TN-46 | 4 x 6 Medium Paper TucNotes

boost it! Full-Color Covers

TN-37 | 3 x 7 Large Paper TucNotes

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 JN-35FC 50.00 3.56 3.14 2.81 2.43 JN-37FC 50.00 4.41 3.89 3.48 3.01 JN-46FC 50.00 5.00 4.42 3.95 3.41 TN-35FC 50.00 4.06 3.58 3.21 2.77 TN-37FC 50.00 4.91 4.33 3.87 3.35 TN-46FC 50.00 5.62 4.95 4.43 3.83

Blue

Black

Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 5-7 business days.

Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 79

THEMEBOOKS

Features and Choices

new!

FlexNotes Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes and 2 styles •

Classic: Flexible paper covers in 11 colors (below; other cover options available, call for details and pricing); 1-color foil imprint in black, white, silver, or gold (16” sq. imprint area)

• Full-Color: Full-color outer cover on flexible Gloss White Cover stock with Gloss UV Coat • 70 sheets 60# ruled paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire binding • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval • This item does not feature a contact/ calendar page

new product!

Not Shown: Pink, White, Lime, Natural, and Brown, FNP-770FC | 5 x 7 Medium Full-Color FlexNotes

FJP-770FC | 4 x 7 Small Full-Color FlexNotes

Red FJP-670FC | 4 x 6 Mini Full-Color FlexNotes

FSP-870FC | 5.5 x 8.5 Large Full-Color FlexNotes

Orange

Yellow

Green FJP-670C | 4 x 6 Mini Classic FlexNotes

FJP-770C | 4 x 7 Small Classic FlexNotes

FNP-770C | 5 x 7 Medium Classic FlexNotes

Blue

Black

FSP-870C | 5.5 x 8.5 Large Classic FlexNotes

boost it! Full-Color FlexNotes

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 FJP-670C Classic 4 x 6 50.00 5.72 5.52 4.55 4.07 3.68 FJP-770C Classic 4 x 7 50.00 6.72 6.48 5.34 4.77 4.32 FNP-770C Classic 5 x 7 50.00 6.84 6.60 5.43 4.86 4.40 FSP-870C Classic 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 7.87 7.59 6.25 5.59 5.06

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 FJP-670FC 50.00 6.85 6.60 FJP-770FC 50.00 8.68 8.37 FNP-770FC 50.00 9.30 8.97 FSP-870FC 50.00 10.17 9.81

Call for higher quantities. Classic price includes 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.; Full-Color price includes digitally printed outer cover. Standard turnaround 5-7 business days.

Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Price includes full-color outside cover.

80 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

500 1000 2500 5.44 4.86 4.40 6.89 6.17 5.58 7.38 6.61 5.98 8.08 7.23 6.54

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

new!

PocketTuc™ Features and Choices • Choose from 2 styles (below) THEMEBOOKS

• Flexible, wraparound paper covers with tuck closure • Classic: Choose from Natural, Black, and White cover materials •

Prestige: Choose from ColorFleck, Linen, and Matte cover materials (below; other cover options available, call for details and pricing)

• 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selection inside back cover) • PerfectBook: 100 sheets quality ruled filler; Perfect-bound spine • Wire-Bound: 70 sheets quality ruled filler; Black wire binding (also available in white, bronze, or pewter) • This item does not feature a contact/ calendar page

new product!

More Colors Available Call for details Red Lacquer ColorFleck

Mandarin ColorFleck

Botanic ColorFleck

Brown Linen PTP-47C | 4 x 7 Classic PocketTuc PerfectBook

PTP-47P | 4 x 7 Prestige PocketTuc PerfectBook

PTW-47C | 4 x 7 Classic PocketTuc Wire-Bound Journal

PTW-47P | 4 x 7 Prestige PocketTuc Wire-Bound Journal

boost it! with Prestige Cover Options

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PTP-47C Classic Perfect 4 x 7 50.00 7.45 7.18 5.92 5.29 4.79 PTW-47C Classic Wire 4 x 7 50.00 6.69 6.45 5.31 4.75 4.30

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PTP-47P Prestige 50.00 10.68 10.30 8.48 7.59 6.87 PTW-47P Prestige 50.00 9.55 9.21 7.58 6.78 6.14

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 5-7 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

Wine Linen

Navy Linen

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 81

FlipBooks™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes and 2 styles (below) •

Paperboard Style: Cover Series 1 paperboard covers with 1-color foil imprint, up to 16” sq., on front and back cover (see inside back cover for foil options)

• Full-Color Style: Full-color front and back covers, on black or white paperboard, with Gloss UV coat • Full-color, 2-sided insert on 80# Cover stock, in center of book • 100 sheets 60# ruled filler (50 sheets before and 50 after insert, flipped; No contact/calendar page in this product) • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter • Optional stock CreativeThinker (top left): pre-designed “Analyze/Create” theme

FB-100C | 7 x 10 NoteBook, Back (Back Cover in Classic Lime) FB-800FC | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad, Back (Upgraded Full-Color Cover) FB-700C | 5 x 7 NotePad, Back (Upgraded Matte Cover)

FB-700C | 5 x 7 NotePad, Front (Upgraded GlossMetallic Cover)

FB-800FC | 5.5 x 8.5 SeminarPad, Front (Upgraded Full-Color Cover)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 FB-700C 5 x 7 50.00 7.60 7.36 6.20 FB-800C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.92 10.58 8.91 FB-100C 7 x 10 50.00 11.67 11.36 9.81 CT-100C 7 x 10 50.00 12.00 11.69 10.14

1000 2500 5.36 5.01 7.69 7.20 8.63 7.99 8.97 8.33

FB-100C | 7 x 10 NoteBook, Front (Front Cover in Classic Wedgewood)

boost it! with Full-Color Covers

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 250 500 1000 2500 FB-7FC 100.00 10.76 9.01 7.78 7.15 FB-8FC 100.00 13.21 11.37 10.03 9.49 FB-10FC 100.00 14.36 12.61 11.29 10.56 More options available, call for pricing.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes 1-color foil imprint, up to 16” sq., (same imprint on front & back, additional setup for different imprints) or full-color front & back. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G. 82 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

DataPad™ Features and Choices •

Rectangle die-cut alcove on cover, with black elastic band to secure supplied USB drive (USB drives supplied from PCNA companies are inserted at no charge)

•

Paperboard Style: Cover Series 1 paperboard front and back covers with 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see inside back cover)

• Full-Color Style: Full-color front cover on white paperboard, with Gloss UV coat; black or white back cover • 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

USB drives are not included.

Must be supplied. Call for details.

DP-800C | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium Classic DataPad

DP-100C | 7 x 10 Large Classic DataPad (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 DP-800C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.01 10.75 9.28 8.17 7.56 DP-100C 7 x 10 50.00 15.12 13.53 11.68 10.28 9.52 DP-800FC 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 14.02 12.54 10.83 9.53 8.83 DP-100FC 7 x 10 100.00 18.06 16.16 13.96 12.28 11.37 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil up to 16” sq. (on paperboard version) or full-color front cover. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.journalbooks.com

DP-800FC | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium Full-Color DataPad

DP-100FC | 7 x 10 Large Full-Color DataPad (Upgraded PenPort w/Score Stylus/Pen)

boost it! with ColorDirect Printing, and PenPort and Pen

Pricing Setup (G) 100-4999 CD-STD ColorDirect (G) 125.00 1.94 PenPort and Pen* (C) – 0.80 CD-STD pricing is for an imprint area of 20” sq. or smaller. *PenPort and Pen pricing includes Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Eco, and Astor Pens.

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 83

THEMEBOOKS

• Choose from 2 sizes and 2 styles (below)

TasterJournals™ & TravelTips Journal™ Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes and 5 filler styles • Choose any Cover Series 1 paperboard • 3.5 x 5 Jotters: 50 sheets filler • 5 x 7: Multiple info sheets in front plus 50 sheets filler • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 50 sheets 60# theme filler • Black wire binding is standard • WineTaster: Five 1-color wine-tasting inserts in front; Wine-scoring filler • LagerLogger: One full-color, 2-sided insert and two 1-color beer-tasting inserts in front; Beer-scoring filler • TravelTips: Two full-color, 2-sided travel tips inserts in front; Travel log filler

WJ-550C | 3.5 x 5 Small WineJotter

Pricing (C) WJ-550C WT-770C LJ-550C LL-770C TR-770C

WT-770C | 5 x 7 Classic WineJournal

Size Setup (G) 3.5 x 5 50.00 5 x 7 50.00 3.5 x 5 50.00 5 x 7 50.00 5 x 7 50.00

LJ-550C | 3.5 x 5 LagerJotter (Upgraded Linen Cover)

100 4.24 7.49 4.24 7.73 7.70

250 4.09 7.25 4.09 7.48 7.46

500 3.36 6.11 3.36 6.30 6.28

1000 2500 2.86 2.60 5.27 4.94 2.86 2.60 5.44 5.10 5.43 5.08

LL-770C | 5 x 7 Classic LagerLogger

TR-770C | 5 x 7 Classic TravelTips

boost it! WindowPad TasterJournals, PenPorts & Pens

Pricing (C) Setup 100 250 500 1000 2500 WT-770WC 50.00 8.78 8.50 7.16 6.18 5.79 LL-770WC 50.00 8.37 8.11 6.83 5.90 5.52 PenPort & Pen* (C) – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 *PenPort and Pen pricing includes Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Eco, and Astor Pens.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G. 84 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

HealthJournals Features and Choices • Cover Series 1 paperboard front and back covers (see options inside back cover) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • MNJ-370C: 3 x 7 size; 70 sheets 60# daily food log filler •

EX-700C, NJ-700C, EN-700C: 5 x 7 size; 100 sheets 60# paper in Exercise (EX) or Nutrition (NJ) tracker themes, or a combination of both (EN)

• Optional 5 x 7 FitnessTips or NutritionTips insert sections available to add in front • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

MNJ-370C | 3 x 7 Mini-Nutrition Jotter (Upgraded Linen Cover)

Pricing (C) MNJ-370C EX-700C NJ-700C EN-700C

EX-700C | 5 x 7 Exercise Journal NJ-700C | 5 x 7 Nutrition Journal EN-700C | 5 x 7 Exercise/Nutrition (Upgraded Hatched Cover, PenPort w/Shimmer Pen)

Size Setup (G) 3 x 7 50.00 5 x 7 50.00 5 x 7 50.00 5 x 7 50.00

100 4.63 6.63 6.63 6.63

250 4.46 6.43 6.43 6.43

FT* | 5 x 7 FitnessTips Inserts

500 3.68 5.41 5.41 5.41

1000 2500 3.12 2.84 4.67 4.37 4.67 4.37 4.67 4.37

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

NT* | 5 x 7 NutritionTips Inserts

EN-700C | 5 x 7 Stock Exercise/Nutrition Filler

boost it! with Fitness & Nutrition Inserts, PenPort & Pen Pricing 100 250 500 1000 2500 FT FitnessTips (G) 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 NT NutritionTips (G) 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 PenPort & Pen* (C) 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Inserts & PenPort are available for 5 x 7 books only, not MNJ-370C. *Price includes Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, & Eco Pens

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 85

THEMEBOOKS

• Choose from 2 sizes and 4 styles (below)

PLH-3FCSK | 5 x 3.5 Sketch Full-Color LifestyleJotter (Blank or Graph Filler)

PLH-3FCFT | 3.5 x 5 Fitness Full-Color LifestyleJotter

PLH-3FCWT | 5 x 3.5 Wine Full-Color LifestyleJotter

PLH-3FCLL | 5 x 3.5 Lager Full-Color LifestyleJotter

Choose any one of our elastic colors to complement your jotter!

LifestyleJotters without Elastic Bands Pricing (C) PLH-3FCSK PLH-3FCFT PLH-3FCWT PLH-3FCLL

Size Setup (G) 5 x 3.5 50.00 5 x 3.5 50.00 5 x 3.5 50.00 5 x 3.5 50.00

100 8.29 9.29 9.29 9.29

250 8.00 8.96 8.96 8.96

500 6.60 7.39 7.39 7.39

1000 2500 5.90 5.34 6.60 5.98 6.60 5.98 6.60 5.98

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PLH-3SKNB (Sketch) 50.00 5.63 5.43 4.47 4.00 3.62 PLH-3NB (All Others) 50.00 6.62 6.39 5.26 4.71 4.26 PLH-3FCSKNB (Sketch) 50.00 7.17 6.92 5.70 5.10 4.61 PLH-3FCNB (All Others) 50.00 8.17 7.88 6.49 5.80 5.25

Call for higher quantities. Price includes full-color outside cover. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for 80 G. 86 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

LifestyleJotters™ Features and Choices

• 5 x 3.5 flexible paper covers with wraparound perfect-bound spines • Classic Style: Natural paper covers with a 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • Full-Color Style: Digitally-printed on Gloss White Covers with Gloss UV coat • 100 sheets 60# theme filler (NEW Fitness, Wine, Lager, or blank Sketch {Sketch also available with graph filler}) • Black elastic privacy closure is standard (more colors available, bottom left)

PLH-300SK | 5 x 3.5 Sketch Classic LifestyleJotter (Blank or Graph Filler)

PLH-300FT | 3.5 x 5 Fitness Classic LifestyleJotter

PLH-300WT | 5 x 3.5 Wine Classic LifestyleJotter

PLH-300LL | 5 x 3.5 Lager Classic LifestyleJotter

Pricing (C) PLH-300SK PLH-300FT PLH-300WT PLH-300LL

Size Setup (G) 5 x 3.5 50.00 5 x 3.5 50.00 5 x 3.5 50.00 5 x 3.5 50.00

100 6.74 7.74 7.74 7.74

250 6.51 7.47 7.47 7.47

500 5.37 6.16 6.16 6.16

LifestyleJotters Feature Stock Fitness, Wine, Lager, or Sketch (blank or graph) Filler Pages.

1000 2500 4.80 4.35 5.51 4.99 5.51 4.99 5.51 4.99

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for 80 G.

www.journalbooks.com

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 87

THEMEBOOKS

• Choose from 2 styles and 4 themes (below)

SketchBook™ Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes and 2 styles (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • 70 sheets 100# blank acid-free paper •

SK-870C & SK-170C: Choose Natural or French Black paperboard covers; top-bound black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

• PSK-870C & PSK-170C: Choose Natural or Black flexible paper covers; top-bound perfect binding

Natural

Black SK-870C | 5.5 x 8.5 Sketch SeminarPad (Upgraded Rounded Corners)

SK-170C | 7 x 10 Sketch NoteBook

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SK-870C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.67 9.14 8.73 8.00 7.68 SK-170C 7 x 10 50.00 13.56 11.62 11.09 10.17 9.76 PSK-870C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 13.27 11.38 10.86 9.96 9.56 PSK-170C 7 x 10 50.00 14.57 12.49 11.92 10.93 10.49 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G. 88 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

PSK-870C | 5.5 x 8.5 FlexSketch SeminarPad

PSK-170C | 7 x 10 FlexSketch NoteBook

boost it! with Full-Color Inserts

Pricing 5.5 x 8.5 Insert, 1-Sided (C) 5.5 x 8.5 Insert, 2-Sided (C) 7 x 10 Insert, 1-Sided (C) 7 x 10 Insert, 2-Sided (C) 4 Rounded Corners (G)

100 250 500 1000 2500 1.51 1.21 0.98 0.84 0.66 1.97 1.58 1.27 1.09 0.86 2.12 1.85 1.37 1.17 0.93 2.75 2.21 1.77 1.52 1.21 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

new!

SquareNotes™ Features and Choices •

Flexible, wraparound paper covers with built-in pen holder and pen (4 x 4: Mini Eco pen; 6 x 6: Eco or SoftSquare pen), rounded corners, glued spine, and black elastic closure; 1-color foil imprint

• Classic: Choose Natural, Black, or White paperboard covers • Prestige: Choose from ColorFleck, Linen, or Matte materials (below) •

Deluxe: Choose from TexturedMetallic, GlossMetallic, IndustrialMetallic, Sports, or NuMilano materials (see pages 51-57 & 61 for color options; call for additional options and pricing) and Bergen pens

• 100 sheets quality ruled filler; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

new product!

More Colors Available Call for details SQN-600C | 6 x 6 Large Classic SquareNotes

SQN-600P | 6 x 6 Large Prestige SquareNotes

SQN-600D | 6 x 6 Large Deluxe SquareNotes

Red Lacquer ColorFleck

Mandarin ColorFleck

Botanic ColorFleck

Brown Linen SQN-400C | 4 x 4 Small Classic SquareNotes

SQN-400P | 4 x 4 Small Prestige SquareNotes

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQN-400C Classic 4 x 4 80.00 6.56 6.37 5.46 4.79 4.53 SQN-600C Classic 6 x 6 80.00 10.66 10.34 8.80 7.68 7.23 Call for higher quantities. Price includes full-color outside cover & pocket. Standard turnaround 5-7 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.journalbooks.com

SQN-400D | 4 x 4 Small Deluxe SquareNotes

boost it! with Prestige and Deluxe Covers

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQN-400P Prestige 80.00 8.20 7.96 6.80 5.95 5.61 SQN-600P Prestige 80.00 14.81 14.37 12.19 10.61 9.97 SQN-400D Deluxe 80.00 8.74 8.48 7.24 6.33 5.96 SQN-600D Deluxe 80.00 16.10 15.62 13.24 11.52 10.82

Wine Linen

Navy Linen

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 89

THEMEBOOKS

• Choose from 2 sizes and 3 styles (below)

SportsPad™ Features and Choices • Choose from 6 styles (below) •

JustNotes Sports: Flexible, wraparound paper covers with top-bound, glued spines; 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. imprint area; 50 sheets 60# perforated paper (3 x 5: blank filler; 3 x 7 & 4 x 6: ruled filler); Also available in TucNotes style, call for pricing

•

Paperboard SportsPads: Heavy textured paperboard front cover, black paperboard back cover, and 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover); 60 sheets 60# blank filler paper; Black wire binding is standard

•

Full-Color SportsPad: Full-color cover mounted on white paper; 40pt. black back cover; 60 sheets 60# blank filler paper; Black wire binding is standard

new style!

JN-35S | 3 x 5 Small JustNotes Sports

Pricing (C) JN-35S JustNotes JN-37S JustNotes JN-46S JustNotes

JN-46S | 4 x 6 Medium JustNotes Sports

JN-37S | 3 x 7 Large JustNotes Sports

Size Setup (G) 100 3 x 5 50.00 4.63 3 x 7 50.00 5.96 4 x 6 50.00 6.56

250 500 1000 4.08 3.47 2.95 5.26 4.47 3.81 5.79 4.92 4.19

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

90 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | ThemeBook Collection

BA-60 | 5 x 5 Paperboard Baseball

BB-60 | 5 x 5 Paperboard Basketball

BA-60FCSL | 5 x 5 Full-Color Baseball

BB-60FCSL | 5 x 5 Full-Color Basketball

Pricing (C) BA/BB-60 Paperboard FB-60 Paperboard BA/BB-60FCSL Full-Color FB-60FCSL Full-Color

FB-60 | 7 x 4 Paperboard Football

FB-60FCSL | 7 x 4 Full-Color Football

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5 x 5 50.00 6.76 6.36 5.41 4.70 4.32 7 x 4 50.00 6.76 6.36 5.41 4.70 4.32 5 x 5 80.00 N/A 7.16 6.09 5.29 4.87 7 x 4 80.00 N/A 7.16 6.09 5.29 4.87

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil up to 16” sq. on Paperboard version, or digitally-printed front cover on Full-Color version. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Full-Color Pocket & PageSaver Journals • Flexible, paper covers printed in full color on gloss cover stock with Gloss UV coat (Matte UV available upon request) •

SlimLine PhotoNotes: 5 x 7, photo sleeve front cover (3 x 5 rectangle window holding a 4 x 6 full-color insert), 70 sheets 50# ruled paper, top-bound black wire

•

SlimLine Pocket: 5.5 x 8.5, built-in pocket inside front (with or without business card slits), 70 sheets 50# ruled paper, 40pt. black paperboard back, side-bound black wire

•

Pocket ImageFlex: 5.5 x 8.5, wraparound cover with built-in pocket (with or without business card slits), 100 sheets 60# ruled paper, perfect-bound spine

• PageSaver ImageFlex: 5.5 x 8.5, wraparound cover with full-color PageSaver tabs, 100 sheets 60# ruled paper, perfect-bound

SL-8FCPK & PSP-8FCPK Include a Built-In Pocket Inside Front Cover (Choose With or Without BC Slits in Pocket)

Includes Perforated Tabs Inside Back Cover Holds One 4 x 6 Photo

SLP-770 | 5 x 7 SlimLine PhotoNotes

SL-8FCPK | 5.5 x 8.5 SlimLine Pocket Journal (Wire-Bound Spine)

PSP-8FCPK | 5.5 x 8.5 Pocket ImageFlex (Perfect-Bound Spine)

PSP-8FCPS | 5.5 x 8.5 PageSaver ImageFlex

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 SLP-770 5 x 7 50.00 6.06 5.64 5.51 5.27 SL-8FCPK 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 7.55 7.02 6.86 6.56

100 250 500 1000 2500 Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) PSP-8FCPS 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 12.35 11.91 9.81 8.78 7.94 PSP-8FCPK 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 12.55 12.10 9.97 8.92 8.07

Call for higher quantities. Standard turnaround 5-7 business days from proof approval.

Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G.

Call for higher quantities. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days from proof approval.

Actual pre-production sample available for $150 G.

www.journalbooks.com

ThemeBook Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 91

THEMEBOOKS

Features and Choices

ResourceBinder™ & Full-Image Binder™ Features and Choices

• Choose from 2 styles (below) • 5.5 x 8.5 notebooks with refillable 3-ring binders (3.4” rings) •

ResourceBinder: Limited Cover Series 2 & 3 colors mounted on white paperboard; Vinyl pocket inside back cover with 4 fullcolor tabbed inserts; 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (call for cover options)

•

Full-Image Binder: Full-coverage digital printing on entire outside cover, including spine; mounted on white board with Gloss laminate film (Matte also available)

• 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper • Black elastic privacy closure is standard; More options available (see page 142); Individually packaged in white Tuc Gift Boxes

Includes 4 full-color tabbed inserts inside a Vinyl Pocket

Includes full-color printing on entire outside cover

DB-800R | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium ResourceBinder

FIB-800 | 5.5 x 8.5 Full-Image Binder

Add a PenDock and NEW SoHo pen for just $4.18 C.

See pp. 136-137 for our full pen collection.

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 DB-800R 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 25.49 20.80 17.57 15.96 14.44 FIB-800 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 17.02 13.61 11.34 10.47 9.72 Add PenDock & SoHo Pen – 4.18 4.18 4.18 4.18 4.18 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. on DB-800R or full-color cover on FIB-800. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $150 G.

92 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Refillable Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Paperboard Binders Features and Choices

• Choose from 2 sizes and 3 styles (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (foil imprint not included on ImageBook Binders) • 60# ruled filler paper (5.5 x 8.5: 100 sheets of filler; 8.5 x 11: 70 sheets of filler) • Paper Binders (not shown): Recycled, Macro, or Dot paperboard cover (call for options)

• ImageBook Binders: Full-color front cover, Limited Cover Series 2 & 3 cover/spine (call for options) •

DB-800 | 5.5 x 8.5 Small Deluxe Binder

DB-1170 | 8.5 x 11 Large Deluxe Binder

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 PB-800 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.94 10.35 8.63 7.96 7.39 PB-1170 8.5 x 11 50.00 17.90 14.32 11.93 11.02 10.23 DB-800 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 19.04 15.23 12.69 11.72 10.88 DB-1170 8.5 x 11 50.00 27.06 21.65 18.04 16.65 15.46 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.journalbooks.com

IPB-800 | 5.5 x 8.5 Small ImageBook Binder

Refillable 3-ring binders (3/4” rings); Black elastic (other colors available); Individually packaged in white Tuc Gift Boxes

IPB-1170 | 8.5 x 11 Large ImageBook Binder

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 IPB-800 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 17.75 14.20 11.83 10.92 10.14 IPB-1170 8.5 x 11 100.00 23.09 18.47 15.39 14.21 13.19 For Binder Only (No Filler Paper) -1.00 -1.00 -1.00 -1.00 -1.00 Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. ImageBook Binders: Price includes full-color front; LeatherBinders: Price includes 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Refillable Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 93

REFILLABLE

• Deluxe Binders: Limited Cover Series 2 & 3 colors mounted on white paperboard (call for options)

UrbanJournal™ & UrbanBinder™ Features and Choices • Silver Alloy front with wraparound back • Embossed imprint up to 16” sq.

• 100 sheets 60# ruled paper (HUJ-800: standard blank filler) • Individually packaged in white Tuc Gift Boxes

HUJ-800 | 8.5 x 5.5 Horizontal UrbanJournal (Blank Filler Only)

UJ-701 | 5 x 7 Small UrbanJournal (Upgraded PenDock w/Executive Pen)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 HUJ-800 8.5 x 5.5 80.00 23.51 UJ-701 5 x 7 80.00 21.29 UJ-801 5.5 x 8.5 80.00 24.47 UB-801P 5.5 x 8.5 80.00 18.89 UB-801L 5.5 x 8.5 80.00 25.14

UJ-801 | 5.5 x 8.5 Large UrbanJournal

100 250 500 1000 21.99 21.34 20.73 20.18 20.12 22.96 17.88 23.56

19.61 22.30 17.44 22.88

19.15 21.69 17.04 22.25

18.72 21.14 16.67 21.67

•

UrbanJournal: Leather wraparound spine/ back cover (Choose from Cover Series 4 Premium Leathers); refillable inner notepad with pewter wire

•

UrbanBinder: Choose any 40pt. paperboard (UB-801P) or Cover Series 4 Premium Leather (UB-801L) back; refillable 3-ring binders (3/4” rings)

UB-801P | 5.5 x 8.5 UrbanBinder w/Paper Back

UB-801L | 5.5 x 8.5 UrbanBinder w/Leather Back

boost it! with Lappet Closure, PenDock and Pen Pricing Lappet Closure (G) PenDock & Pen* (C)

100 250 500 1000 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58

*Price includes Executive Pen

Call for higher quantities. Price includes embossed imprint up to 16” sq. or 1-color screen print.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $80 G.

94 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Refillable Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

LeatherWrap™ Journal & Binder Features and Choices • Choose from 5 sizes and 2 styles (below) •

Wraparound cover in Cover Series 4 Leather materials (Deluxe & Premium Leathers available, call for details; see color options inside back cover)

• 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• Binders: 5.5 x 8.5 and 8.5 x 11 sizes available with refillable 3-ring binder • 100 sheets 60# ruled paper (LWJ-970 version has 70 sheets) • 3.75 x 5: SnapWrap closure with Black or Silver Executive pen inserted • Individually packaged in white Tuc Gift Boxes

LWJ-500SWD | 3.75 x 5 Mini-Leather SnapWrap (Deluxe Leather)

LWJ-700D | 5 x 7 Small LeatherWrap (Deluxe Leather)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 LWJ-500SW 3.75 x 5 50.00 11.05 LWJ-700 5 x 7 50.00 12.58 LWJ-800 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 17.73 LWJ-970 7 x 8.75 50.00 21.33 LWJ-1100 8.5 x 11 50.00 27.79 LB-800 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 24.15 LB-1170 8.5 x 11 50.00 45.83

LWJ-800 | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium LeatherWrap (Premium Leather; Upgraded Single Lappet Closure)

100 250 500 1000 10.87 9.94 9.25 8.89 12.35 17.45 21.05 27.43 19.32 36.67

11.20 16.06 19.67 25.60 16.10 30.56

10.35 15.04 18.63 24.22 14.86 28.21

9.90 14.49 18.06 23.47 13.80 26.19

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.journalbooks.com

LWJ-970 | 7 x 8.75 Large LeatherWrap (Premium Leather)

LWJ-1100D | 8.5 x 11 Large LeatherWrap (Deluxe Leather)

slim it down! w/Deluxe Leather Covers

Pricing Setup 50 100 250 500 1000 LWJ-500SWD 50.00 9.33 9.15 8.22 7.54 7.17 LWJ-700D 50.00 10.87 10.63 9.48 8.63 8.18 LWJ-800D 50.00 14.72 14.44 13.05 12.03 11.48 LWJ-970D 50.00 17.32 17.05 15.67 14.62 14.05 LWJ-1100D 50.00 22.63 22.27 20.45 19.06 18.31 Deluxe Leather materials include Heather Gray, Ash Natural, Heather Natural, Maize, and Pumpkin. See page 138 for Leather Closure options.

Refillable Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 95

REFILLABLE

• Journals: Refillable, snap-in notebook w/Pewter wire binding

SohoJournal™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes and 5 Deluxe Leather wraparound cover colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selections inside back cover) • Refillable pad of 100 sheets 60# blank perforated paper (5.5 x 8.5 has ruled filler) • Pewter screw/post binding • Pen included, inserted in spine (4 x 6 has Black Astor pen, 7 x 7 & 5.5 x 8.5 have Black Deluxe pen) • Individually packaged in white Tuc Gift Boxes

Deluxe Heather Gray

Deluxe Ash Natural

Deluxe Heather Natural

Deluxe Maize SH-600 | 4 x 6 Soho Jotter (Blank Filler)

Deluxe Pumpkin

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 SH-600 4 x 6 50.00 9.63 9.44 8.55 SH-700 7 x 7 50.00 12.49 12.30 11.33 SH-800 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.01 10.83 9.88

500 1000 7.88 7.53 10.60 10.20 9.16 8.77

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

SH-700 | 7 x 7 Square SohoJournal (Blank Filler) (Upgraded Post & Elastic Closure)

SH-800 | 5.5 x 8.5 Side-Bound Soho (Ruled Filler) (Upgraded Personaliation)

boost it! with Premium Leather Covers and Closures

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 SH-600L 80.00 11.63 11.45 10.55 9.89 9.53 SH-700L 80.00 15.50 15.31 14.34 13.60 13.20 SH-800L 80.00 13.27 13.08 12.14 11.42 11.03 Flat Elastic Band – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 Post/Elastic Closure – 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 Premium Leather materials include Castile Black, Barcelona Black, Seville Brown, Chocolate Brown, and Persian Blue

96 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Refillable Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

new!

Uptown & Executive NoteBooks

new product!

•

Uptown NoteBook: 6.75 x 9.5; Black leather, stitched hard covers, blind deboss imprint (16” sq. max. imprint), 96 sheets white ruled filler, 2 ribbon bookmarks, black elastic pen loop, and thread-sewn book binding

•

Uptown Refillable NoteBook: 6.75 x 9; Black leather, stitched, flexible covers, blind deboss imprint (16” sq. max. imprint), business card pocket, 128 sheets refillable off-white ruled filler, 2 ribbon bookmarks, and black elastic pen loop

•

Executive NoteBooks: 5.5 x 8.5 or 7 x 10; Bonded leather, stitched, flexible covers in 3 colors (below), 1-color foil imprint (16” sq. max. imprint), business card pocket, black elastic pen loop, black wire binding, inside refillable notebook with black paperboard covers and 100 sheets white ruled filler, individually packaged in white Tuc Gift Boxes

Executive Red

Executive Brown

Executive Black LEX-800CV | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium Executive NoteBook

LEX-100CV | 7 x 10 Large Executive NoteBook

UT-100 | 6.75 x 9.5 Uptown NoteBook (Upgraded Color Direct {CD} Imprint & Ambassador pen)

UTR-100FC | 6.75 x 9 Uptown Refillable NoteBook w/Full-Color Tip-In

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 25 50 100 250 500 LEX-800CV 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 25.33 24.74 24.19 22.68 20.61 LEX-100CV 7 x 10 50.00 29.77 29.10 28.47 26.77 24.43 Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 UT-100 6.75 x 9.5 50.00 17.62 16.92 16.22 15.52 13.98 UTR-100 6.75 x 9 50.00 22.67 21.77 20.87 19.97 17.98

Pricing Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 UT-100FC (C) 80.00 20.69 19.99 18.88 18.18 16.20 UT-100GW (C) 80.00 19.67 18.97 17.99 17.29 15.46 UTR-100FC (C) 80.00 25.74 24.84 23.53 22.63 20.20 UTR-100GW (C) 80.00 24.72 23.82 22.64 21.74 19.46 CD-STD (G) 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

CD-STD pricing is for an imprint area of 20” sq. or smaller.

www.journalbooks.com

Refillable Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 97

REFILLABLE

Features and Choices

new!

Revello™Refillable Features and Choices • Choose from 3 colors (below) • 5 x 7 journal with flexible stitched covers • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

•

Refillable, perfect-bound journal enclosed with white covers and 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

• Features business card slit in back, matching pen loop and elastic privacy closure

new product!

NEW! Turquoise

Add the Preston pen for just $1.14 C.

NEW! Navy

NEW! Black RPR-57 | 5 x 7 Revello Refillable (Upgraded Preston Pen)

RPR-57GW | 5 x 7 Revello w/GraphicWrap

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 RPR-57 5 x 7 50.00 9.35 8.98 8.62 8.27 7.72 Preston Pen (C) – 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14

RPR-57FC | 5 x 7 Revello w/Tip-In

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 RPR-57FC 80.00 11.92 11.55 10.13 9.78 9.03 RPR-57GW 80.00 11.40 11.03 10.40 10.05 9.20

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

98 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Refillable Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

new!

Pedova™Refillable Features and Choices • Choose from 3 colors (below) • 5.5 x 8 journal with flexible stitched, faux-leather covers • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

•

Refillable, perfect-bound journal enclosed with white covers and 100 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

REFILLABLE

• Features black elastic pen loop

new product!

NEW! Red

NEW! Navy

NEW! Black PPR-58 | 5.5 x 8 Pedova Refillable (Upgraded Bristol Pen)

PPR-58GW | 5.5 x 8 Pedova Refillable w/GraphicWrap

PPR-58FC | 5.5 x 8 Pedova Refillable w/Tip-In

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 PPR-58 5.5 x 8 50.00 12.81 12.31 11.81 11.33 10.56 Bristol Pen (C) – 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 96 150 300 450 600 PPR-58FC 80.00 15.38 14.87 13.32 12.84 11.87 PPR-58GW 80.00 14.86 14.36 13.59 13.11 12.04

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.journalbooks.com

Refillable Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 99

Hampton™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 colors (below) • 7 x 9 stitched ultra-hyde cover • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq. (limited imprint areas, call factory for template) • Refillable, wire-bound notebook enclosed with 70 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Features dual lock pen loop, business card pocket, and ribbon page marker • Black wire binding is standard, also available in white, bronze, or pewter

Add the NEW Orion pen for just $1.14 C. The pen inserts into the dual pen loops to keep your journal closed.

Red

Navy

Black 1521-20 | 7 x 9 Hampton (Upgraded Custom Common Filler)

Pricing (C) HR-1521 Hampton

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 7 x 9 50.00 17.08 16.58 15.75 14.50

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Due to the imprinting method on this material, a preproduction proof is highly recommended. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

boost it! with Customizations

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 HR-1521FC (C) 80.00 20.16 19.25 17.97 16.40 Custom Filler (G) 200.00 N/A 1.60 0.80 0.70 Orion Pen (C) – 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 Personalizations (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons.

100 | 2016 JournalBooks | Pick A Book | Refillable Collection

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

DovanaJournal™ Features and Choices • DOV-68: 6 x 7.75 book with 80 sheets ruled paper; Choose Terra Cotta, Navy, or Black cover • DOV-100: 7 x 9.5 with 128 sheets ruled paper; Choose from 8 colors (below) • Flexible, faux leather covers with strap closure • Blind debossed imprint up to 16” sq.

Business card slits inside front cover, refillable perfect-bound paper notebook inside, 2 satin ribbon bookmarks, and black elastic pen loop

REFILLABLE

•

• Standard Shipping: 3-5 business days after proof approval

•

new colors!

24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, blind deboss imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Not Shown: Red & Green Small Dovana: Only Available in Terra Cotta, Navy, and Black NEW! Orange

Add the NEW Scripto® Ridge pen for just $0.47 C. See pp. 136-137 for our full pen collection.

NEW! Cobalt Blue

NEW! Gray

Terra Cotta DOV-68 | 6 x 7.75 Small Dovana

DOV-100FC | 7 x 9.5 Large Dovana w/Tip-In (Upgraded Personalization)

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 DOV-68 6 x 7.75 50.00 13.83 13.28 12.73 12.18 10.98 DOV-100 7 x 9.5 50.00 18.88 18.13 17.38 16.63 14.98 Scripto Ridge Pen (C) – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 Personalizations (G) 50.00 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 DOV-68FC 80.00 16.40 15.85 14.24 13.69 12.29 DOV-68GW 80.00 15.88 15.33 14.51 13.96 12.46 DOV-100FC 80.00 21.96 21.21 20.05 19.30 17.20 DOV-100GW 80.00 20.93 20.18 19.16 18.41 16.46

Call for higher quantities. Price includes blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 3-5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Not available for SureShip with additional add-ons.

www.journalbooks.com

Navy

Black

Refillable Collection | Pick A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 101

CoverSeries 1 Classic Covers: recycled and smooth paperboards; opaque and transparent poly materials Square JotterPad

4” x 4”

(Standard Blank Filler)

See inside back cover for full selection of cover materials and item numbers.

Small JotterPad 3.5” x 5”

(Standard Blank Filler)

Mini-Reporter 3” x 7”

Large JotterPad 4” x 6”

Square NotePad 5” x 5”

NotePad 5” x 7”

Gray Paperboard

Natural Paperboard

EcoBlack Paperboard

White Paperboard

Deep Red Paperboard

Midnight Blue Paperboard

Mocha Paperboard

Slate Paperboard

French Black Paperboard

Black Flute Paperboard

Fuchsia Paperboard

Cayenne Paperboard

Orange Paperboard

Lemon Paperboard

Lime Paperboard

Clover Paperboard

Forest Green Paperboard

Wedgewood Paperboard

Royal Blue Paperboard

Concord Paperboard

Saddle Paperboard

Mist Paperboard

Translucent Super Clear Poly

Translucent Natural Poly

Translucent Moss Poly

Translucent Mediterranean Poly

Opaque Black Poly

Opaque Red Poly

102 | 2016 JournalBooks | Build A Book | Custom Journals Built from Scratch

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

BUILD A BOOK FULL-COLOR

from top to bottom:

MEDIUM NOTEBOOK | EcoBlack Cover with 4-Color Screen Print SQUARE NOTEBOOK | White Cover with 2-Color Screen Print NOTEPAD | Fuchsia Cover with 1-Color Foil and Oversize Imprint with Bleed

how many sheets do you need?

For only 50 sheets of filler, deduct $0.50 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.83 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger)

All 11 of our stock journal sizes can have the wire binding on the top or left side for no extra charge!

ReporterPad 4” x 8.5”

For only 70 sheets of filler, deduct $0.30 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.50 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger) 100 sheets are standard for these items

SeminarPad 5.5” x 8.5”

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 SQ-400C 4 x 4 50.00 3.89 JP-500C 3.5 x 5 50.00 4.95 MR-300C 3 x 7 50.00 5.02 JP-600C 4 x 6 50.00 5.72 SQ-500C 5 x 5 50.00 6.10 NP-700C 5 x 7 50.00 7.33

Square NoteBook 7” x 7”

250 3.75 4.77 4.84 5.52 5.88 7.06

500 1000 2500 3.09 2.62 2.39 3.93 3.34 3.04 3.98 3.39 3.08 4.54 3.86 3.51 4.84 4.12 3.74 5.82 4.94 4.50

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available. *PenPorts only available on side-bound styles.

www.journalbooks.com

Medium NoteBook 7” x 10”

Large NoteBook 8.5” x 11”

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 RP-400C 4 x 8.5 50.00 7.19 6.96 5.86 5.06 4.74 SP-800C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 8.90 8.62 7.26 6.27 5.87 SQ-700C 7 x 7 50.00 9.00 8.72 7.34 6.34 5.93 NB-100C 7 x 10 50.00 10.18 9.91 8.56 7.53 6.98 NB-1100C 8.5 x 11 50.00 12.97 12.63 10.91 9.60 8.89 Add PenPort and Prestige Pen* 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available. *PenPorts only available on side-bound styles.

Custom Journals Built from Scratch | Build A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 103

CoverSeries 2 Prestige Covers: rich, textured, and metallic paperboards; vibrant, translucent poly materials

See inside back cover for full selection of cover materials and item numbers.

Square JotterPad 4” x 4”

(Standard Blank Filler)

Small JotterPad 3.5” x 5”

(Standard Blank Filler)

Mini-Reporter 3” x 7”

Large JotterPad 4” x 6”

Square NotePad 5” x 5”

NotePad 5” x 7”

ColorFleck Red

ColorFleck Mandarin

ColorFleck Botanic

ColorFleck Ink

ColorFleck Charcoal

ColorFleck Silver

Translucent Pink Poly

Translucent Orange Poly

Translucent Lime Poly

Translucent Light Blue Poly

Red Gloss Metallic

Blue Gloss Metallic

Purple Gloss Metallic

Black Gloss Metallic

Silver Gloss Metallic

White Gloss Metallic

Translucent Dark Blue Poly

Translucent Periwinkle Ice Poly

Translucent Purple Poly

Translucent Smoke Poly

Red Linen

Wine Linen

Royal Linen

Navy Linen

Black Linen

Brown Linen

Matte Pink Paperboard

Matte Firebrick Paperboard

Matte Orange

Matte Meadow

Matte Lapis

Matte Navy Paperboard

Matte Black Paperboard

104 | 2016 JournalBooks | Build A Book | Custom Journals Built from Scratch

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

REPORTERPAD | Coal Metallic Cover with 2-Color Foil LARGE NOTEBOOK | Red Linen Textured Cover with 1-Color Foil and Oversize Blind Deboss NOTEPAD | Silver Metallic Cover with 2-Color Foil

how many sheets do you need?

For only 50 sheets of filler, deduct $0.50 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.83 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger)

All 11 of our stock journal sizes can have the wire binding on the top or left side for no extra charge!

ReporterPad 4” x 8.5”

For only 70 sheets of filler, deduct $0.30 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.50 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger) 100 sheets are standard for these items

SeminarPad 5.5” x 8.5”

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 SQ-400P 4 x 4 50.00 4.37 JP-500P 3.5 x 5 50.00 5.50 MR-300P 3 x 7 50.00 5.66 JP-600P 4 x 6 50.00 6.32 SQ-500P 5 x 5 50.00 6.79 NP-700P 5 x 7 50.00 8.25

Square NoteBook 7” x 7”

250 4.21 5.30 5.46 6.10 6.55 7.95

500 3.47 4.37 4.49 5.02 5.39 6.55

1000 2.95 3.71 3.82 4.27 4.58 5.57

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available. *PenPorts only available on side-bound styles.

www.journalbooks.com

2500 2.68 3.38 3.47 3.88 4.17 5.06

Medium NoteBook 7” x 10”

Large NoteBook 8.5” x 11”

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 RP-400P 4 x 8.5 50.00 8.03 7.78 6.55 5.66 5.30 SP-800P 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.59 10.26 8.64 7.46 6.98 SQ-700P 7 x 7 50.00 10.55 10.22 8.61 7.43 6.96 NB-100P 7 x 10 50.00 11.76 11.45 9.89 8.70 8.06 NB-1100P 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.97 14.57 12.59 11.08 10.26 Add PenPort and Prestige Pen* 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available. *PenPorts only available on side-bound styles.

Custom Journals Built from Scratch | Build A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 105

BUILD A BOOK FULL-COLOR

from left to right:

CoverSeries 3 Deluxe Covers: unique textured, smooth, velvety, and shimmery specialty paperboards

See inside back cover for full selection of cover materials and item numbers.

Square JotterPad 4” x 4”

(Standard Blank Filler)

Small JotterPad 3.5” x 5”

(Standard Blank Filler)

Mini-Reporter 3” x 7”

Large JotterPad 4” x 6”

Square NotePad 5” x 5”

NotePad 5” x 7”

Hammered Silver

Hammered Titanium

Hammered Black

Brushed Silver

Brushed Titanium

Brushed Black

Black Mesh

Gunmetal Mesh

Titanium Carbon

Silver Carbon

Cognac Shimmer

Sunny Shimmer

Tangerine Shimmer

Peridot Shimmer

Marine ShimmerCord

Mulberry ShimmerCord

Moroccan Black

Royal Red

Navy Blue

Tuxedo Black

Red NuMilano

Orange NuMilano

Adobe NuMilano

Brown NuMilano

Green NuMilano

Navy NuMilano

Coal NuMilano

Slate NuMilano

Crush Cherry

Crush Indigo

Crush Plum

Crush Twilight

Crush Dusk

Touchdown Paperboard

Hoop Paperboard

Golf Paperboard

106 | 2016 JournalBooks | Build A Book | Custom Journals Built from Scratch

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

BUILD A BOOK FULL-COLOR

from left to right:

LARGE NOTEBOOK | Brushed Silver TexturedMetallic Cover with 1-Color Foil and Custom Windows MEDIUM NOTEBOOK | Marine ShimmerCord Cover with 1-Color Foil and Oversize Imprint with Bleed SEMINARPAD | Titanium Carbon Cover with 2-Color Foil and Custom Window

All 11 of our stock journal sizes can have the wire binding on the top or left side for no extra charge!

how many sheets do you need?

For only 50 sheets of filler, deduct $0.50 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.83 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger) For only 70 sheets of filler, deduct $0.30 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.50 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger) 100 sheets are standard for these items

ReporterPad 4” x 8.5”

SeminarPad 5.5” x 8.5”

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 SQ-400D 4 x 4 50.00 4.72 JP-500D 3.5 x 5 50.00 5.89 MR-300D 3 x 7 50.00 6.12 JP-600D 4 x 6 50.00 6.83 SQ-500D 5 x 5 50.00 7.28 NP-700D 5 x 7 50.00 8.90

Square NoteBook 7” x 7”

250 4.55 5.68 5.90 6.59 7.02 8.58

500 3.75 4.68 4.86 5.42 5.78 7.07

1000 3.18 3.98 4.13 4.61 4.91 6.01

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available. *PenPorts only available on side-bound styles.

www.journalbooks.com

2500 2.89 3.62 3.76 4.19 4.47 5.46

Medium NoteBook 7” x 10”

Large NoteBook 8.5” x 11”

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 RP-400D 4 x 8.5 50.00 8.76 8.49 7.15 6.17 5.66 SP-800D 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.45 11.10 9.34 8.07 7.40 SQ-700D 7 x 7 50.00 11.62 11.25 9.48 8.18 7.50 NB-100D 7 x 10 50.00 12.42 12.09 10.44 9.19 8.51 NB-1100D 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.81 15.40 13.30 11.70 10.84 Add PenPort and Prestige Pen* 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available. *PenPorts only available on side-bound styles.

Custom Journals Built from Scratch | Build A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 107

CoverSeries 4 Luxury Covers: textured metallic, leather, leather-like vinyls, and flexible vinyl covers

See inside back cover for full selection of cover materials and item numbers.

Square JotterPad 4” x 4”

(Standard Blank Filler)

Small JotterPad 3.5” x 5”

(Standard Blank Filler)

Mini-Reporter 3” x 7”

Large JotterPad 4” x 6”

Square NotePad 5” x 5”

NotePad 5” x 7”

Burgundy Madera

Spice Madera

Hickory Madera

Espresso Madera

Navy Madera

Black Madera

Hatched Lt. Blue

Hatched Navy

Hatched Gunmetal

Hatched Black

Deluxe Heather Gray Leather

Deluxe Ash Natural Leather

Deluxe Heather Natural Leather

Deluxe Maize Leather

Deluxe Pumpkin Leather

Black Milano

Dot Lt. Blue

Dot Navy

Dot Gunmetal

Dot Black

Premium Seville Brown Leather

Premium Chocolate Leather

Premium Persian Blue Leather

Premium Barcelona Black Leather

Premium Castile Black Leather

Blue Milano

108 | 2016 JournalBooks | Build A Book | Custom Journals Built from Scratch

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

BUILD A BOOK FULL-COLOR

from left to right:

NOTEPAD | Deluxe Ash Natural Leather Cover with Oversize Foil with Bleed and a Circle Window NOTEPAD | Deluxe Heather Natural Leather Cover with 1-Color Foil MEDIUM NOTEBOOK | Premium Castile Black Leather Cover with 2-Color Screen Print and Custom Windows

how many sheets do you need?

All 11 of our stock journal sizes can have the wire binding on the top or left side for no extra charge!

For only 50 sheets of filler, deduct $0.50 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.83 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger) For only 70 sheets of filler, deduct $0.30 C for 3 x 7 or smaller ($0.50 C for 4 x 8.5 size or larger) 100 sheets are standard for these items

ReporterPad 4” x 8.5”

SeminarPad 5.5” x 8.5”

Square NoteBook 7” x 7”

Medium NoteBook 7” x 10”

Large NoteBook 8.5” x 11”

LUXURY FRONT COVER WITH BLACK PAPERBOARD BACK COVER Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQ-400LB 4 x 4 50.00 5.17 4.99 4.11 3.49 3.17 JP-500LB 3.5 x 5 50.00 6.60 6.36 5.24 4.45 4.05 MR-300LB 3 x 7 50.00 6.98 6.73 5.54 4.71 4.28 JP-600LB 4 x 6 50.00 7.93 7.65 6.30 5.35 4.87 SQ-500LB 5 x 5 50.00 9.16 8.83 7.27 6.18 5.62 NP-700LB 5 x 7 50.00 10.76 10.37 8.54 7.26 6.60 RP-400LB 4 x 8.5 50.00 10.64 10.31 8.68 7.50 6.87 SP-800LB 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 13.17 12.76 10.75 9.28 8.51 SQ-700LB 7 x 7 50.00 13.95 13.51 11.38 9.83 9.01 NB-100LB 7 x 10 50.00 16.07 15.65 13.51 11.89 11.01 NB-1100LB 8.5 x 11 50.00 20.79 20.24 17.48 15.38 14.24

LUXURY FRONT COVER WITH MATCHING BACK COVER Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 SQ-400LL 4 x 4 50.00 6.17 5.99 5.11 4.49 4.17 JP-500LL 3.5 x 5 50.00 7.60 7.36 6.24 5.45 5.71 MR-300LL 3 x 7 50.00 7.98 7.73 6.54 6.38 5.95 JP-600LL 4 x 6 50.00 8.93 8.65 7.96 7.02 6.53 SQ-500LL 5 x 5 50.00 10.16 10.50 8.94 7.85 8.95 NP-700LL 5 x 7 50.00 12.42 12.04 10.21 10.59 9.93 RP-400LL 4 x 8.5 50.00 12.31 11.98 12.02 10.83 10.21 SP-800LL 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 14.84 16.10 14.08 12.62 8.51 SQ-700LL 7 x 7 50.00 17.28 16.84 14.71 9.83 9.01 NB-100LL 7 x 10 50.00 19.40 18.98 13.51 11.89 11.01 NB-1100LL 8.5 x 11 50.00 24.12 20.24 17.48 15.38 14.24

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available.

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Rush service available.

www.journalbooks.com

Custom Journals Built from Scratch | Build A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 109

DesktopPlanners™ Features and Choices • Choose from 4 sizes/styles (below) and 4 themes (see page 111) • Full-color, 12-month calendar pages on White Gloss Cover stock • TableTop and Desktop versions include black or white paperboard table-tent back cover • Wall Monthly version printed on both sides, TableTop printed on one side • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter • Optional additional 1-color foil on bottom of Desktop versions; (see foil selection inside back cover)

DM-4IBL | 5 x 3.75 Horizontal DesktopPlanner (In Bloom Style) (Upgraded Foil Imprint on Base)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 DM-4 5 x 3.75 100.00 4.91 DM-5 5 x 5 100.00 6.09 DM-6 6 x 6 100.00 6.71 WM-39 3.75 x 9 100.00 7.24 INS • Inspiration

MOV • Motivation

250 4.71 5.85 6.45 6.95

IBL • In Bloom

DM-5MOV | 5 x 5 Square DesktopPlanner (Motivation Style) (Upgraded Foil Imprint on Base)

500 4.53 5.62 6.20 6.68

1000 2500 4.21 3.93 5.22 4.87 5.76 5.37 6.20 5.79

ABS • Abstract

CUS • Custom

DM-6ABS | 6 x 6 TableTop Monthly (Abstract Style)

WM-39ABS | 3.75 x 9 Wall Monthly (Abstract Style)

boost it! with SmartPicx and Foil Imprinting

Pricing (G) Setup (G) All Quantities Add Supplied Images 100.00 – 1-Color Foil (Base of Cover) 50.00 0.25

Call for higher quantities. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days.

Actual pre-production sample available for $150 G due to color printing process.

110 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

InspirationalPlanner™ • Choose from 5 x 7 or 7 x 10 sizes • Cover Series 1 paperboard front and back covers (see options inside back cover) • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selection inside back cover) • 12-month planner in front (choose from four themes; below): b&w calendar on front and full-color image on back • 70 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

create your own!

Supply your own custom images and we’ll print them on the back of each monthly calendar page in brilliant full-color. $100 G setup.

Call for more details.

GT - GoalTracker Style

IN - Inspirations Style

MV - Motivations Style

BL - In Bloom Style

boost it! with Custom Images and a PenPort and Pen

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 IP-770C 5 x 7 50.00 11.14 10.18 8.77 7.72 7.06 LIP-170C 7 x 10 50.00 20.26 18.48 15.97 14.09 12.89

Pricing (C) Setup All Quantities Add Supplied Images (G) 100.00 – PenPort & Pen* (C) – 0.80

Call for higher quantities. Price includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 7-10 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

*Price includes Score, Sharkbite, Prestige, Cougar, and Eco Pens

www.timeplannercalendars.com

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 111

CALENDARS

Features and Choices

TabbedQuarterly™ Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes and 3 styles (below) • PageSaver Version: Natural Poly cover and 1-sided full-color insert; Includes 4 tear-off PageSaver tabs • ClearView Version: Natural Poly cover and 1-sided full-color insert (Open tab insert design to showcase tabs) • Classic Version: Heavy paperboard front and back covers from Cover Series 1, and 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

• 4 banks of 3 die-cut tabs on 100# matte stock, in front (one bank for each quarter) • 70 sheets 60# paper (after calendar); Academic: class assignment filler; Standard: ruled/graph filler • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

new size!

Available with Academic Style Planner

TQA-870C | 5.5 x 8.5 Academic TabbedQuarterly (Classic Cover)

TQ-870PS | 5.5 x 8.5 Standard TabbedQuarterly PageSaver (ClearView Cover/PageSaver Insert)

Pricing (C) TQ-870PS TQ-870CV TQ-870C TQ-100PS TQ-100CV TQ-100C

TQA-100PS | 7 x 10 Academic TabbedQuarterly PageSaver (ClearView Cover/PageSaver Insert)

Size Setup (G) 100 5.5 x 8.5 100.00 13.76 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 11.83 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 10.65 7 x 10 100.00 14.02 7 x 10 50.00 12.09 7 x 10 50.00 10.86

250 500 1000 13.30 11.25 9.75 11.46 9.65 8.34 10.32 8.69 7.50 13.32 11.58 10.24 11.48 9.99 8.83 10.32 8.97 7.94

TQ-870CV | 5.5 x 8.5 Standard TabbedQuarterly (ClearView Cover/Open Tab Insert)

2500 8.93 7.64 6.88 9.34 8.06 7.24

TQ-100C | 7 x 10 Standard TabbedQuarterly (Classic Cover)

TQA-100CV | 7 x 10 Academic TabbedQuarterly (ClearView Cover/Open Tab Insert)

boost it! with Academic Planner & Assignment Filler

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 TQA-870PS 100.00 16.28 15.87 13.50 11.72 10.73 TQA-870CV 50.00 14.47 14.06 11.92 10.33 9.46 TQA-870C 50.00 13.29 12.91 10.95 9.50 8.70 TQA-100PS 100.00 16.66 15.91 13.84 12.24 11.17 TQA-100CV 50.00 14.85 14.10 12.26 10.85 9.90 TQA-100C 50.00 13.50 12.91 11.23 9.93 9.06

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes 1-color foil up to 16” sq. (Classic) or digital insert (ClearView). Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Pre-prod. sample available for $100 G. 112 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 5 sizes/styles (below) •

Choose from Medium and Large Bohemians (Smooth, Metallic, or Textured), Large Pedova (Smooth or BrightWave), and Large Dovana

• Blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq.

• 12-Month calendar in front of book, followed by standard ruled filler • Thread-sewn book binding • Each style includes same number of sheets, ribbons, etc. as classic journals

new product!

BJT-180CAL | 7 x 10 Large BohemianTextured Planner

BJ-880CAL | 5 x 8.5 Medium Bohemian Planner (Upgraded ColorDirect {CD} Imprint)

Available with Academic Style Planner PDB-676CAL | 7 x 9.5 Pedova BrightWave Planner

PED-676CAL | 7 x 9.5 Large Pedova Planner (Upgraded Ridge Pen Inserted)

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 BJ/BJT-880CAL 5 x 8.5 80.00 13.17 12.06 11.76 11.08 10.74 BJ/BJT-180CAL 7 x 10 80.00 16.09 14.46 14.41 13.35 13.13 Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 36 100 150 250 400 PED/PDB-676CAL 7 x 9.5 80.00 15.89 14.84 14.34 13.45 12.35 DOV-100CAL 7 x 9.5 80.00 22.19 20.89 20.14 19.00 17.35

DOV-100CAL | 7 x 9.5 Large Dovana Planner

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons and Inserted Pens

Pricing (C) CD ColorDirect (G) Ridge Pen (G) GW GraphicWrap (G) AG AdhesiveGraphics (G)

Setup 100 250 500 1000 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 – 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 50.00 2.03 1.78 1.41 1.21 80.00 1.90 1.60 1.41 1.29

See pages Boost A Book section for details and options.

Pricing includes blind deboss imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days.

Actual pre-pro available for $100 G.

www.timeplannercalendars.com

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 113

CALENDARS

Casebound Hybrids™

HybridPlanners™ Features and Choices • Choose from 3 sizes (below) and wire-bound or PerfectBook styles •

Wire-Bound: Cover Series 1 paperboard front and back covers (see options inside back cover); Black wire binding is standard; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

• PerfectBook: Flexible wraparound Linen covers (see options inside back cover) with perfect-bound spine • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selection inside back cover) • 12-month planner and 70 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid

PHB-870P | 5.5 x 8.5 Small Hybrid PerfectBook

HB-170C | 7 x 10 Medium HybridJournal

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 HB-870C 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 7.92 7.52 6.54 5.79 5.28 HB-170C 7 x 10 50.00 11.74 11.15 9.70 8.58 7.82 HB-1170C 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.20 13.49 11.73 10.38 9.47 Add PenPort & Pen – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

PHB-1170P | 8.5 x 11 Large Hybrid PerfectBook

boost it! Hybrid PerfectBooks

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PHB-870P 50.00 8.33 7.45 6.43 5.66 5.44 PHB-170P 50.00 14.28 12.78 11.03 9.71 9.34 PHB-1170P 50.00 17.53 15.68 13.54 11.92 11.46

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

114 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

FlexPlanner™ • Choose from 2 sizes and 3 styles (below) • Flexible wraparound covers with rounded corners •

Choose Value Leatherette covers or Prestige (GlossMetallic, Linen or Color Fleck) or with 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selection inside back cover) or Full-Color front cover (1-sided) with Gloss Film Laminate (Matte Film also available)

• 12-month planner in front, printed on 100# matte stock (planner pages are tabbed for quick reference) • 50 sheets 60# ruled filler paper; also available in blank, graph, and dot grid • Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

FP-150FCW Full-Color FP-150PW Prestige Linen

FP-850FCW Full-Color

FP-150VW Value Leatherette

FP-850PW Prestige ColorFleck FP-850VW Value Leatherette

FP-850 | 5.5 x 8.5 Medium FlexPlanner Monthly

FP-150 | 7 x 10 Large FlexPlanner Monthly

2-Piece Front & Back Covers Pricing (C) FP-850VW FP-150VW FP-850PW FP-150PW FP-850FCW FP-150FCW

Size Setup (G) 100 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 7.86 7 x 10 50.00 10.91 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 9.47 7 x 10 50.00 13.06 5.5 x 8.5 50.00 12.84 7 x 10 50.00 15.26

250 7.47 10.37 9.00 12.41 12.20 14.50

500 1000 2500 6.50 5.98 5.53 9.02 8.30 7.68 7.83 7.20 6.67 10.79 9.93 9.19 10.61 9.76 9.04 12.61 11.60 10.74

Pricing (C) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 FP-850V 50.00 7.11 6.76 5.88 5.41 5.01 FP-150V 50.00 10.21 9.70 8.44 7.76 7.19 FP-850P 50.00 8.17 7.76 6.75 6.21 5.75 FP-150P 50.00 12.01 11.41 9.92 9.13 8.45 FP-850FC 50.00 8.28 7.86 6.84 6.29 5.83 FP-150FC 50.00 12.53 11.90 10.35 9.52 8.82

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes full-color front or one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.timeplannercalendars.com

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 115

CALENDARS

Features and Choices

Wired WeeklyPlanners™ Features and Choices • Choose from 2 sizes (below) • Choose from any Cover Series 2 Paperboard front and back covers (see color options inside back cover • 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selection inside back cover) •

4 x 6 or 5 x 7 weekly planner with monthat-a-glance calendars preceeding each month of weekly spreads; Add a custom Shadow Print or Masthead for only $125 G (black & white printing only)

• Black wire binding; also available in white, bronze, or pewter

Includes a Month-At-A-Glance Calendar Before Each Month of Weekly Pages

WK-676P | 4 x 6 Small WiredWeekly

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 WK-676P 4 x 6 50.00 10.28 10.07 9.00 7.67 7.28 WK-776P 5 x 7 50.00 11.85 11.55 10.17 8.60 8.10 Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

116 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

Includes a Month-At-A-Glance Calendar Before Each Month of Weekly Pages

WK-776P | 5 x 7 Medium WiredWeekly

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 CD-STD 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 4/0 Digital Insert – 1.51 1.21 0.98 0.84 0.66 4/4 Digital Insert – 1.97 1.58 1.27 1.09 0.86 CD-STD pricing is for an imprint area of 20” sq. or smaller.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

PerfectPlanners™ • Choose from 3 sizes and 3 styles (below) • Flexible wraparound paper covers with perfect-bound spines •

Choose Linen or Madera covers with 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (see foil selection inside back cover) or a fullcolor outer cover

•

Weekly PerfectPlanner: 4 x 6 or 5 x 7 weekly planner with month-at-a-glance calendars preceeding each month of weekly spreads; Add a custom Shadow Print or Masthead for only $125 G (black & white printing only)

•

Monthly PerfectPlanner: 8.5 x 11 monthly planner (Analyst, Director, or President style) with die-cut tabs, followed by 25 sheets ruled filler

PPR-104P | 11 x 8.5 President Monthly LinenFlex

PWK-776FC | 5 x 7 ImageFlex Weekly

PWK-676FC | 4 x 6 ImageFlex Weekly

PWK-776M | 5 x 7 MaderaFlex Weekly

PWK-676M | 4 x 6 MaderaFlex Weekly

PTA-104L | 8.5 x 11 Analyst Monthly MaderaFlex PDI-104L | 8.5 x 11 Director Monthly MaderaFlex

Monthly PerfectPlanners Pricing (C) PWK-676FC PWK-676M PWK-776FC PWK-776M

Size Setup (G) 100 4 x 6 50.00 11.12 4 x 6 50.00 14.14 5 x 7 50.00 12.02 5 x 7 50.00 14.63

250 10.66 12.62 11.50 13.02

500 1000 2500 10.25 8.07 7.76 12.02 10.44 9.82 11.05 8.66 8.30 12.40 10.77 10.12

Pricing (C) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PTA/PDI/PPR-104P 12.91 11.44 10.14 9.35 9.08 PTA/PDI/PPR-104L 21.08 19.61 18.31 17.52 17.25 Setup of $50 G for 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. for Classic, Linen, and MaderaFlex covers or full-color outside covers for ImageFlex covers. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.timeplannercalendars.com

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 117

CALENDARS

Features and Choices

TheAnalyst™ Features and Choices •

Choose from any Cover Series (inside back cover), ClearView, or Alloy cover material (more options available, call for details and pricing)

•

11 x 8.5 monthly planner (17 x 11 open), with die-cut tabs (standard English planner; also available in bilingual English/French and English/Spanish versions)

• 1-color foil imprint (or embossing on Alloy) up to 16” sq. (see foils inside back cover) • 32 pages (14 months) on premium paper; 15 blank memo sheets in back • Includes full year-in-view, 4-year planning spreads, area code map, and contact page • 15 blank memo sheets in back • Black wire binding is standard (pewter standard on Alloy); also available in white, bronze, or pewter

Available with Academic Style Planner (English Only) TA-104HC | HardCover (Cover Series 1 Chip Fronts & Backs) TA-104CV | ClearView (Natural Poly Front, Color Insert, & Black Chip Back) TA-104PJ | Leatherette (Leatherette Fronts & Backs) TA-104LB | Leather (Leather Front & Black Chip Back) TA-104AB | Alloy (Alloy Front & Black Chip Back)

TA-104 | 8.5 x 11 Analyst Monthly Planner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 TA-104HC 8.5 x 11 50.00 12.66 10.42 8.44 7.23 6.81 TA-104CV 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.82 12.21 9.88 8.47 7.98 TA-104D 8.5 x 11 50.00 16.20 13.34 10.80 9.25 8.72 TA-104PJ 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.30 11.78 9.54 8.17 7.70

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 TA-104W 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.16 12.49 10.11 8.66 8.16 TA-104LB 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.32 14.04 12.86 12.11 11.69 TA-104AB 8.5 x 11 80.00 18.64 17.36 16.17 15.43 15.01 Add PenPort & Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (embossed imprint on Alloy).Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. *Price includes Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Astor, and Eco Pens.

118 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

ThePresident™ •

Choose from any Cover Series (inside back cover), ClearView, or Alloy cover material (more options available, call for details and pricing)

• 11 x 8.5 monthly planner (11 x 17 open), with die-cut tabs (English only) • 1-color foil imprint (or embossing on Alloy) up to 16” sq. (see foils inside back cover) • 32 pages (14 months) on premium paper; 15 blank memo sheets in back • Includes full year-in-view, 4-year planning spreads, area code map, and contact page • 15 blank memo sheets in back • Black wire binding is standard (pewter standard on Alloy); also available in white, bronze, or pewter

PR-104HC | HardCover (Cover Series 1 Chip Fronts & Backs) PR-104CV | ClearView (Natural Poly Front, Color Insert, & Black Chip Back) PR-104PJ | Leatherette (Leatherette Fronts & Backs) PR-104LB | Leather (Leather Front & Black Chip Back) PR-104AB | Alloy (Alloy Front & Black Chip Back)

PR-104 | 11 x 8.5 President Monthly Planner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 PR-104HC 11 x 8.5 50.00 12.66 10.42 8.44 7.23 6.81 PR-104CV 11 x 8.5 50.00 14.82 12.21 9.88 8.47 7.98 PR-104D 11 x 8.5 50.00 16.20 13.34 10.80 9.25 8.72 PR-104PJ 11 x 8.5 50.00 14.30 11.78 9.54 8.17 7.70

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 PR-104W 11 x 8.5 50.00 15.16 12.49 10.11 8.66 8.16 PR-104LB 11 x 8.5 50.00 15.32 14.04 12.86 12.11 11.69 PR-104AB 11 x 8.5 80.00 18.64 17.36 16.17 15.43 15.01 Add PenPort & Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (embossed imprint on Alloy).Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. *Price includes Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Astor, and Eco Pens.

www.timeplannercalendars.com

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 119

CALENDARS

Features and Choices

TheDirector™ Features and Choices •

Choose from any Cover Series (inside back cover), ClearView, or Alloy cover material (more options available, call for details and pricing)

• 8.5 x 11 monthly planner (17 x 11 open), with die-cut tabs (standard English planner) • 1-color foil imprint (or embossing on Alloy) up to 16” sq. (see foils inside back cover) • 32 pages (14 months) on premium paper; 15 blank memo sheets in back • Includes full year-in-view, 4-year planning spreads, area code map, and contact page • 15 blank memo sheets in back • Black wire binding is standard (pewter standard on Alloy); also available in white, bronze, or pewter

Available with Academic Style Planner

DI-104HC | HardCover (Cover Series 1 Chip Fronts & Backs) DI-104CV | ClearView (Natural Poly Front, Color Insert, & Black Chip Back) DI-104PJ | Leatherette (Leatherette Fronts & Backs) DI-104LB | Leather (Leather Front & Black Chip Back) DI-104AB | Alloy (Alloy Front & Black Chip Back)

DI-104 | 8.5 x 11 Director Monthly Planner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 DI-104HC 8.5 x 11 50.00 12.66 10.42 8.44 7.23 6.81 DI-104CV 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.82 12.21 9.88 8.47 7.98 DI-104D 8.5 x 11 50.00 16.20 13.34 10.80 9.25 8.72 DI-104PJ 8.5 x 11 50.00 14.30 11.78 9.54 8.17 7.70

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 DI-104W 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.16 12.49 10.11 8.66 8.16 DI-104LB 8.5 x 11 50.00 15.32 14.04 12.86 12.11 11.69 DI-104AB 8.5 x 11 80.00 18.64 17.36 16.17 15.43 15.01 Add PenPort & Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (embossed imprint on Alloy).Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. *Price includes Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Astor, and Eco Pens.

120 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Features and Choices • Choose from 2 planners and 3 cover styles (below); Saddle-stitched binding • Choose flexible Leatherette (see color options on page 129) or textured Value Line (Red, Blue, or Black) paper cover with 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq., or Full Color cover printed on white gloss cover stock (TravelerLite has Gloss Film Laminate; PocketSecretary has Gloss UV Coat) • TravelerLite: 8.25 x 10.75 monthly planner • PocketSecretary: 4 x 6 monthly planner with 2 outer rounded corners •

12-month planners on premium paper (standard English planner; TravelerLite also available in bilingual English/French and English/Spanish versions)

TR-810LT | Leatherette TR-810FC | Full-Color TR-810VL | ValueLine PS-46LT | Leatherette PS-46FC | Full-Color PS-46VL | ValueLine

TR-810 | 8.25 x 10.75 TravelerLite Monthly Planner

PS-46 | 4 x 6 PocketSecretary Monthly Planner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 TR-810VL 8.25 x 10.75 50.00 5.51 5.19 4.41 3.84 3.53 TR-810LT 8.25 x 10.75 50.00 8.68 7.89 7.24 6.20 5.43 TR-810FC 8.25 x 10.75 50.00 7.40 6.96 5.92 5.14 4.73

Pricing (C) PS-46VL PS-46LT PS-46FC

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. for Leatherette and ValueLine covers or full-color outside covers. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. for Leatherette and ValueLine covers or full-color outside covers. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.timeplannercalendars.com

Size Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 4 x 6 50.00 2.38 2.24 1.91 1.66 1.52 4 x 6 50.00 4.16 3.92 3.33 2.90 2.66 4 x 6 50.00 4.79 4.51 3.83 3.33 3.07

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 121

CALENDARS

TravelerLite™ & PocketSecretary™

Customize Your Monthly Planners Masthead Imprint Identical image printed on Masthead of each month.

ShadowPrint Identical screened image printed on left side of each month.

President with ShadowPrint, MemoSpace, and DateBlock

Analyst with ShadowPrint and Masthead

Masthead Imprint Identical image printed on Masthead of each month.

DateBlock Imprint Custom individual DateBlock imprints in black ink.

ShadowPrint Identical screened image printed on bottom of each month.

MemoSpace Imprint Identical image printed on blank notes of each month.

Pictorial Imprint Individual grayscale image on right side of each month.

Director with DateBlocks, Masthead, and Pictorial

Item (G) ShadowPrint MemoSpace Masthead CornerBlock

250 500 1000 2500 1.20 0.75 0.50 0.35 1.20 0.75 0.50 0.35 1.20 0.75 0.50 0.35 1.20 0.75 0.50 0.35

250 piece minimum for any of the above custom overprinting. Add above cost to product price.

CornerBlock imprint is available for President format only.

Overprinting is not available on Weekly Planners.

122 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

Custom Overprinting Our custom overprinting is an easy and inexpensive way to buy prime advertising space. We’ll print your logo or promotional message on each page of every calendar you order – for quantities as low as 250.

It’s the most cost-effective way to communicate your brand 365 days a year. Five different overprint options are available for the President, Analyst, and Director (not available for WeeklyOrganizer or XeoPlanner styles).

ShadowPrinting

Your message, logo, or illustration is printed in light gray (10% black) on the lower page of each President spread or the left page of each Analyst- or Directorstyle calendar spread (identical image on each page).

MemoSpace & Masthead Imprint

Your identical copy is printed in black in the masthead or common note space of each spread.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

DateBlock Imprint Custom individual DateBlocks in black ink.

MemoSpace Imprint Identical image printed on blank section of each month.

Pictorial Imprint Individual grayscale image on top of each month.

ShadowPrint Identical screened image printed on left side of each month.

Pictorial Imprint Individual grayscale image on right side of each month.

President with CornerBlock and Pictorial CornerBlock Imprint Identical image printed on blank corner of each month.

Director with ShadowPrint and Pictorial

CornerBlock Imprint

President format only. Identical imprint in black in the open date blocks at upper left or lower right of each monthly calendar.

DateBlock Imprints

Your message and reminders are printed in black ink in the individual date blocks you specify. 500 pieces minimum. Call factory for details. www.timeplannercalendars.com

Pictorial Editions Any President or Director can be customized as a pictorial calendar to depict your company’s products, services, personnel, etc. Each monthly calendar faces your custom page printed in black ink.

Includes 13 custom picture pages. 300 dpi grayscale photos should be supplied for best quality. Any text must be provided in digital format. Laser proofs will be provided if requested. Other charges may apply, call factory for details.

Item (G) Setup 500 1000 2500 Pictorial 500.00 0.50 0.50 0.50 DateBlocks 500.00 0.35 0.35 0.35 Typesetting DateBlocks (G) $2.50 per block 500 piece minimum for any of the above custom overprinting. Add above cost to product price.

Overprinting is not available on Weekly Planners.

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 123

CALENDARS

Analyst with MemoSpace and DateBlocks

WeeklyOrganizer™ Features and Choices •

Choose from any Cover Series (inside back cover), ClearView, or Alloy cover material (more options available, call for details and pricing)

• 7 x 10 weekly planner (14 x 10 open) • 1-color foil imprint (or embossing on Alloy) up to 16” sq. (see foils inside back cover) •

13 months printed on premium paper; 7am to 9pm appointment spaces in halfhour increments, mini monthly calendars, and notes section on each spread (standard English planner)

• Includes month-at-a-glance pages, yearly planning spreads, time zone map, and contacts • Black wire binding is standard (pewter standard on Alloy); also available in white, bronze, or pewter

WO-600HC | HardCover (Cover Series 1 Chip Fronts & Backs) WO-600CV | ClearView (Natural Poly Front, Color Insert, & Black Chip Back) WO-600PJ | Leatherette (Leatherette Fronts & Backs) WO-600LB | Leather (Leather Front & Black Chip Back) WO-600AB | Alloy (Alloy Front & Black Chip Back)

WO-600 | 7 x 10 WeeklyOrganizer Planner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 WO-600HC 7 x 10 50.00 9.32 8.47 7.68 7.19 6.91 WO-600CV 7 x 10 50.00 10.61 9.51 8.48 7.84 7.48 WO-600D 7 x 10 50.00 11.80 10.56 9.41 8.69 8.28 WO-600PJ 7 x 10 50.00 10.44 9.41 8.46 7.87 7.53

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 WO-600W 7 x 10 50.00 11.07 9.98 8.97 8.34 7.98 WO-600LB 7 x 10 50.00 13.44 12.97 12.53 12.25 12.10 WO-600AB 7 x 10 80.00 14.68 14.21 13.77 13.50 13.34 Add PenPort & Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (embossed imprint on Alloy).Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. *Price includes Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Astor, and Eco Pens.

124 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

XeoPlanner™ •

Choose from any Cover Series (inside back cover), ClearView, or Alloy cover material (more options available, call for details and pricing)

• 7 x 8.75 weekly planner (13.75 x 8.75 open) • 1-color foil imprint (or embossing on Alloy) up to 16” sq. (see foils inside back cover) • 13 months printed on premium paper; large ruled daily sections for ample writing space (standard English planner) •

Includes month-at-a-glance before each month of weekly pages, full year-in-view planning spread, 4-year reference page, 12-month travel/expense record, financial info, measurements, and more!

• Black wire binding is standard (pewter standard on Alloy); also available in white, bronze, or pewter

XEO-785HC | HardCover (Cover Series 1 Chip Fronts & Backs) XEO-785CV | ClearView (Natural Poly Front, Color Insert, & Black Chip Back) XEO-785PJ | Leatherette (Leatherette Fronts & Backs) XEO-785LB | Leather (Leather Front & Black Chip Back) XEO-785AB | Alloy (Alloy Front & Black Chip Back)

XEO-785 | 7 x 8.75 XeoPlanner Weekly

Pricing (C) XEO-785HC XEO-785CV XEO-785D XEO-785PJ

Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 7 x 8.75 50.00 9.75 8.92 8.16 7.68 7.40 7 x 8.75 50.00 11.35 10.27 9.27 8.64 8.29 7 x 8.75 50.00 12.23 11.01 9.88 9.17 8.77 7 x 8.75 50.00 10.87 9.86 8.93 8.35 8.02

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. Actual pre-production sample available for $100 G.

www.timeplannercalendars.com

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 XEO-785W 7 x 8.75 50.00 11.52 10.46 9.47 8.85 8.50 XEO-785LB 7 x 8.75 50.00 13.87 13.42 13.00 12.74 12.59 XEO-785AB 7 x 8.75 80.00 14.76 14.31 13.89 13.63 13.48 Add PenPort & Pen* – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes one-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. (embossed imprint on Alloy).Standard turnaround 10-15 business days. *Price includes Prestige, Cougar, Shimmer, Astor, and Eco Pens.

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 125

CALENDARS

Features and Choices

LeatherWrap Planners™ Features and Choices

Premium Seville Brown

•

Timeplanner Weekly: Vinyl padfolio with 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. inside front cover, inner pocket, business card sleeve, refillable XeoPlanner calendar insert, and booklet for contact info; Individually inserted into White Tuc Gift Boxes

•

LeatherWrap Planners: Bonded leather wraparound cover (from Cover Series 4 Premium Leather options; below) with 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. and refillable calendar inserts (LWE-785: 7 x 8.75 XeoPlanner and LWE-600: 7 x 10 Weekly Organizer); Individually inserted into White Tuc Gift Boxes

Timeplanner Weekly Imprinted on the Inside Front Cover Only (Shown Below)

Premium Chocolate Brown

Premium Persian Blue

Premium Barcelona Black TWP-1000 | 7 x 8.75 Timeplanner Weekly Planner

LWE-785 | 7 x 8.75 XeoPlanner Weekly Planner (Updated ColorDirect {CD} Imprint)

Premium Castile Black

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 TWP-1000 7 x 8.75 50.00 21.56 19.60 19.42 19.27 18.33 16.45 LWE-785 7 x 8.75 50.00 19.48 19.38 18.84 18.44 18.21 18.13 LWE-600 7 x 10 50.00 18.57 18.46 17.93 17.52 17.30 17.21 LWE-785R* Refills – 8.99 8.99 8.99 8.99 7.67 7.67 LWE-600R Refills – 7.41 7.41 7.41 7.41 6.72 6.32

LWE-600 | 7 x 10 Appointment Weekly Planner (Updated PenDock w/Shimmer Pen)

boost it! with Full-Color Add-Ons and Pens

Pricing (C) Setup 100 250 500 1000 CD ColorDirect (G) 125.00 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 PenDock & Shimmer Pen (C) – 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 Pricing does not include pen imprint. See pages 136 & 137 for other pen options and pen imprint pricing.

Pricing includes 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Standard turnaround 10-15 business days.

Actual pre-pro available for $100 G. *LWE-785R refills fit both TWP-1000 and LWE-785 planners 126 | 2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

TimeplannerValue™ • Choose from 4 styles/sizes (below) • Classic planners with 17 pt. Leatherette covers in 3 colors (below) • 1-color foil imprint in black, white, silver, or gold (limited 16” sq. imprint area) •

Choose from XeoPlanner (p. 127), WeeklyOrganizer (p. 126), Analyst (p. 120), or President (p. 121) style planners (see product pages above for full details; no blank memo section in back)

• Black wire binding • Ships 3-5 days after proof approval • Custom imprinted front cover only; No other customizations available

•

new weekly options!

24-Hour SureShip Available: Send PO and production-ready art to sureship@journalbooks.com by 1pm EST with “24-HOUR SURESHIP PO#_” in subject line (no proofing, 1-color foil imprint only, no add-ons, see page 144 for details)

Red 7160

Blue 7163

Black 7164 XEO-785VL | 7 x 8.75 XeoPlanner Value Weekly Planner

WO-600VL | 7 x 10 WeeklyOrganizer Value Weekly

TA-104VL | 8.5 x 11 Analyst Value Monthly Planner

PR-104VL | 11 x 8.5 President Value Monthly Planner

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 XEO-785VL 7 x 8.75 50.00 10.52 9.79 9.10 8.83 8.61 WO-600VL 7 x 10 50.00 9.04 8.37 7.73 7.48 7.27

Pricing (C) Size Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 TA-104VL 8.5 x 11 50.00 9.30 7.75 7.15 6.64 6.53 TA-104VL 11 x 8.5 50.00 9.30 7.75 7.15 6.64 6.53

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

Call for higher quantities. Pricing includes 1-color foil imprint up to 16” sq.

Standard turnaround 5 business days from proof approval. Actual pre-production sample available for $50 G.

www.timeplannercalendars.com

2016 Timeplanner Calendars by JournalBooks | 127

CALENDARS

Features and Choices

BOOST A BOOK Boost A Book options are all about turning a great book into a dazzler. Put the spotlight on your brand! These powerful tools were designed to help tell the depth and breadth of your company story.

Unique inserts with your company’s story or product information, custom filler with your name on every page, imprinted pens, business card holders, pocket

full-color imprints!

folders – all ideal ways to strengthen the impact and power of your journal.

full-color

COLORDIRECT IMPRINTING

Print your full-color logo or artwork directly on the cover material of your choice (above). Smooth Shimmers and ColorFleck, heavy-duty Alloy, even Hoop and Touchdown materials, can be printed with this color method. Available on wire-bound, perfect-bound, and case-bound books.

Call for full details and art approval.

Pricing (G) Setup (G) All Quantities CD-STD ColorDirect Standard Imprint* 125.00 1.94 CD-OVSM ColorDirect Oversize Imprint (5.5 x 8.5 & Smaller) 125.00 2.71 CD-OVLG ColorDirect Oversize Imprint (7 x 7 & Larger) 125.00 3.10 *Standard pricing includes imprints up to 20” sq. or less. Call factory for art and substrate approval.

128 | 2016 JournalBooks | Boost A Book | Custom Options and Accessories

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Imprinting Options FOIL IMPRINTING

SCREEN PRINTING

BLIND DEBOSS

STANDARD DIE-CUT WINDOWS

This technique debosses the material without applying foil.

Many of our cover materials have different textures, densities, and thicknesses that can respond differently to blind debossing.

Call us to discuss your project and we’ll help steer you to the best imprint method.

ALLOY EMBOSSING

Embossing your aluminum cover adds an impressive 3D look and feel to your product. Available on Alloy journals and planners, as well as UrbanJournals and UrbanBinders. (Some small/fine details may not emboss, send artwork to factory for approval.)

If your cover imprints require specific PMS colors or feature intricate designs, consider screen printing, available on most of our smooth cover options. (Substrate colors will affect screen printed colors. For the closest PMS match, choose white cover material.

Call for suggestions.)

A die-cut window on the front cover of your journal with a color insert showing through can offer a unique view of your company. Standard shapes include rectangle, oval, square, and circle.

Call factory for more standard die-cut shapes.

CUSTOM SHAPE DIE-CUT WINDOWS

Custom die-cut windows, like the one shown left, are available. Simply submit the image to the factory for art approval and a custom quote.

FULL-COLOR DOMES

ADHESIVEGRAPHICS

Stock Full-Color Dome sizes/shapes: 2.5”circle, 2.75” rounded corner square, 2.5”x 3.5” rounded corner rectangle.

Stock AdhesiveGraphic sizes/shapes: 2”or 2.5”circle, 2.25”or 2.75” rounded corner square, 2”x 2.75”or 2.5”x 3.5” rounded corner rectangle.

This digitally-printed full-color dome has an adhesive backing that can be pressed directly onto your book cover.

Foil or Deboss Imprints (G) Setup (G) 1-Color 2-Color 3-Color 4-Color All Quantities 50.00 Included 0.25 0.50 0.75 Foil/Deboss Bleed Imprints (G) Setup (G) CS1 CS2 CS3 CS4 3.75 x 5, 4 x 4, 4 x 6 Sizes – 0.40 0.66 0.77 0.87 3 x 7, 4 x 8.5, 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5 Sizes – 0.56 0.82 0.92 1.03 7 x 7, 7 x 10, 8.5 x 11 Sizes – 0.71 0.87 1.03 1.19 Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 Alloy Embossing 80.00 – – – – – – Pricing (G) Setup (G) 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 FCDome (G) 80.00 3.17 2.78 2.47 2.22 2.02 1.85

This digitally-printed full-color graphic has an adhesive backing that can be pressed directly onto your book cover.

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 One-Color Screen Print 80.00 1.00 0.80 0.68 0.58 0.48 0.41 Two-Color Screen Print 160.00 1.50 1.20 1.01 0.86 0.71 0.62 Three-Color Screen Print 240.00 2.25 1.80 1.52 1.29 1.07 0.93 Four-Color Screen Print 320.00 3.38 2.70 2.28 1.94 1.60 1.39 DC Die-Cut Window 75.00 2.10 1.15 0.90 0.60 0.55 0.55 AG AdhesiveGraphics 80.00 1.90 1.60 1.41 1.29 1.21 1.15 Screen printing available on smooth substrates only. Add setup of $75 G for standard shape die-cut window. Call factory for quote and art approval for custom windows.

See stock AdhesiveGraphic sizes above; For custom size/shape, call factory for pricing.

Setups are for 1 color and/or 1 position, up to 16”sq. or less; call for oversize prices.

See stock Full-Color Dome sizes above; For custom size/shape, call factory for pricing. www.journalbooks.com

Custom Options and Accessories | Boost A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 129

BOOST A BOOK

It’s amazing the difference multiple colors can make. Our craftsmen can produce hairline registration with multiple foil colors on most of our paperboards to give your cover dazzling impact. See pricing for additional colors below.

Full-Color Printing VARIABLE DATA PRINTING

Digital color printing allows for a different name or info to be printed on each cover, insert, or any other full-color add-on (excludes ValueLine and Color Direct products).

Add interactive web technology to any digitally printed full-color product with SmartPicx.™ Scan the watermarked image with a smart phone or tablet for instant access to a specified website.

Information for variable data must be supplied to factory in excel file; Call factory for full details.

Books with SmartPicx, include a color info sheet explaining how to use the app. URLs are hosted for 1 full year.

Call for more info.

FULL-COLOR COVERS

GRAPHICWRAP

When nothing else can tell the story like a color image, we offer products with brilliant, full-color covers to get the job done. See pages 30-33 for pre-designed products or call for help designing your own!

COLOR BOOKMARKS

When you need a splash of color, these bookmarks will make the perfect addition to your journal.

Each Bookmark is printed on 14pt. stock with a UV coat and comes inserted under the front cover of your product.

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 VDPT Text Variable Data Printing 150.00 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 VDPTI Text & Image Variable Data 250.00 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 VDPTD Dynamic Variable Data Call factory for custom quote.

FC-1 Full-Color Bookmark 50.00 N/A 1.90 1.72 1.57 1.42

Whether you supply your own GraphicWraps or you want us to print them for you, we’ll attach to your finished journal. Call factory for details.

Available for 7 x 10 products or smaller without extended PenPort or EcoPort

ADHESIVEGRAPHICS

This digitally-printed full-color graphic has an adhesive backing that can be pressed directly onto your book cover.

Stock AdhesiveGraphic sizes/shapes: 2”or 2.5”circle, 2.25”or 2.75” rounded corner square, 2”x 2.75”or 2.5”x 3.5” rounded corner rectangle.

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 SmartPicx 1st Hotspot 150.00 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.25 1.25 1.25 SmartPicx Each Add’l Hotspot 75.00 – – – – – – GW GraphicWrap* 50.00 2.03 1.78 1.41 1.21 0.98 0.98 AG AdhesiveGraphics 80.00 1.90 1.60 1.41 1.29 1.21 1.15 SmartPicx run charge includes a slim 4/4 info sheet on the front of your book.

See stock AdhesiveGraphic sizes above; For custom size/shape, call factory for pricing. *Not available for NB-1100; Maximum height is 3.5” for all GraphicWraps.

130 | 2016 JournalBooks | Boost A Book | Custom Options and Accessories

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

BOOST A BOOK

Full-Color Printing

COLOR INSERTS

Tell your company story by adding inserts to your wirebound or perfect-bound journal or planner. Choose digitallyprinted full-color or 1- or 2-color offset inserts. See pricing below; For multiple inserts, call factory for a custom quote.

CASEBOUND TIP-IN PAGES

To add 1 tip-in page to the front or back of a casebound book, add $0.40 G to the price below for cost of insertion. For pricing on adding 2 or 4 tip-ins, please contact factory.

IMPORTANT PRODUCTION NOTES ABOUT DIGITAL PRINTING BENEFITS State-of-the-art digital, full-color printing allows lower costs and faster turnarounds than conventional printing. Cost-efficient for quantities as low as 100 pieces or as high as 5000 pieces.

PROOFING A color proof can be provided upon request but requires additional time and shipping charges. In some “rush” cases, a proof may not be possible with tight delivery deadlines.

BLEEDS/SOLIDS Full bleeds and large solid areas may be difficult to reproduce, depending on the color selected. Please call the factory if you have concerns and we will be happy to review your art and make suggestions. Bleeds may incur an additional charge. Call factory for pricing.

GENERAL COLOR MATCHING Please provide a color print with your order. It is important that we know how you expect your color to look and a hard copy is the only way to accurately match them. Every printer is different, and printing from the file does not always achieve the expected results. With the color print at the factory, we can alert you of any problems very quickly. Matching a virtual proof is impossible.

PMS MATCHING Printing on the full-color press utilizes CMYK. We can achieve acceptable simulated PMS results on most colors. If your color falls out of range we will alert you as soon as we can to discuss alternatives. Conventional printing may work but will require additional time and expense. Exact PMS color matching happens only when you are printing offset with a specified PMS color.

COLOR INSERTS PRINTED ON 1 SIDE

COLOR INSERTS PRINTED ON 2 SIDES

Smaller Books (up to 5.5 x 8.5) (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 1-Color Offset (PMS)* 1.10 0.88 0.70 0.49 0.34 0.24 2-Color Offset (PMS)* 1.38 1.09 0.88 0.61 0.42 0.30 Full-Color Digital (No PMS) 1.51 1.21 0.98 0.84 0.66 0.54 Larger Books (7 x 7 to 8.5 x 11) (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 1-Color Offset (PMS)* 1.43 1.14 0.91 0.63 0.44 0.31 2-Color Offset (PMS)* 1.79 1.42 1.14 0.79 0.55 0.39 Full-Color Digital (No PMS) 2.12 1.85 1.37 1.17 0.93 0.75

Smaller Books (up to 5.5 x 8.5) (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 1-Color Offset (PMS)* 1.43 1.14 0.91 0.63 0.44 0.31 2-Color Offset (PMS)* 1.79 1.42 1.14 0.79 0.55 0.39 Full-Color Digital (No PMS) 1.97 1.58 1.27 1.09 0.86 0.70 Larger Books (7 x 7 to 8.5 x 11) (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 1-Color Offset (PMS)* 1.86 1.48 1.18 0.82 0.57 0.40 2-Color Offset (PMS)* 2.32 1.85 1.48 1.03 0.71 0.50 Full-Color Digital (No PMS) 2.75 2.21 1.77 1.52 1.21 0.98

*1- and 2-color inserts are printed offset; Above pricing does not include bleeds or large solid areas. Bleeds not available on quantities less than 500 pieces unless printed digitally.

*1- and 2-color inserts are printed offset; Above pricing does not include bleeds or large solid areas. Bleeds not available on quantities less than 500 unless digital.

www.journalbooks.com

Custom Options and Accessories | Boost A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 131

Stock Fillers STANDARD FILLER

All of our standard filler is made from FSC-certified, opaque white, writing paper. (Shown with black ink for better viewing, actual ink is printed in a percentage of black.)

BLANK FILLER

Blank filler is available for all sizes.

RULED FILLER

5/16” gray lines. Available for all Build A Book sizes except 4 x 4 and 3.75 x 5.

GRAPH FILLER

Filler with 1/4” gray, grid lines.

Available for all sizes.

MULTIFUNCTION FILLER Filler printed with subject & date, ruled, & blank section.

Available for 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11.

NEW! DOT GRID FILLER

Filler with 1/8” gray, dot grid.

Available for all sizes.

NON-DATED FILLER

We have four pre-designed non-dated filler options, perfect for sporadic planning. Write in your own dates and schedule at your own pace. The weekly format lets you plan each week at a glance, and all four versions include a convenient note section on each spread. See sizes below.

5 x 7 NONDATED WEEKLY

Non-dated week across two pages. Available for no charge on 5 x 7 products only.

NDEF | NON-DATED EURO WEEKLY 8.5 x 4 non-dated week per page

NDWF | NON-DATED WEEKLY NDSWF | STUDENT NON-DATED WEEKLY 7 x 10 non-dated week across two pages with to-do-list section and miniature months at bottom.

NDWF: Standard January-December NDSWF: Academic July-June

Item (G) NDEF Euro Weekly NDWF Weekly NDSWF Student Weekly NDAF Appointment Book

NDAF | NON-DATED APPOINTMENT BOOK 8.5 x 11 non-dated week across two pages with 1/2 hour increments for appointment-making and miniature months at bottom

Size 100 250 500 1000 2500 8.5 x 4 1.60 1.60 0.80 0.70 FREE 7 x 10 1.60 1.60 0.80 0.70 FREE 7 x 10 1.60 1.60 0.80 0.70 FREE 8.5 x 11 1.60 1.60 0.80 0.70 FREE

No setups if ordered as is, call factory for custom non-dated planner options.

132 | 2016 JournalBooks | Boost A Book | Custom Options and Accessories

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

BOOST A BOOK

Custom Fillers

CUSTOM COMMON FILLER

Some things are worth repeating... like your message, logo, or trademark.

With the Custom Common Filler option, you can have your own mark duplicated on every page to create a truly custom effect. And on most 5 x 7 books and larger, for quantities as low as 2,000 books, we’ll do it for FREE! (Custom Common Filler is not available on USB Books, SportsPads, and Shape Journals.)

ONE-COLOR CUSTOM FILLER We can produce your custom filler in either black ink or your custom PMS color, printed on both sides.

BLEED For imprints that will bleed off the edges, please call for a quote.

MULTI-COLOR CUSTOM FILLER Multi-Color fillers can be printed with either two colors on one side (with the back side blank, no lines) or with one color on both sides (lines and imprint on front of sheet in one color, lines and imprint on back of sheet in one different color).

PHANTOM CUSTOM FILLER For a subtle effect, we will print your logo anywhere on the page with a 5-10% screen on the page to create a “phantom” or “ghost” effect.

Unless otherwise specified, the factory will adjust the darkness of the “phantom” screen according to the thickness and detail of artwork.

Small text and intricate details are typically done in darker screens than larger, thicker artwork. We can also do a solid imprinted logo or message anywhere on the page. Sorry, no large bold type or heavily saturated, solid coverage.

PERFORATED FILLER

Perforated filler is available for any 5 x 7 or larger wire- or perfect-bound book. Perforated line will run parallel to binding edge. Available for 100 pieces or more.

Custom Common Filler (G) Setup (G) 250 500 1000 2500 5000 SQ-4/JP-5 200.00 2.23 1.20 1.10 1.05 1.00 MR-3/JP-6/SQ-5 200.00 1.60 0.80 0.70 0.65 FREE NP-7/RP-4/SP-8/SQ-7/NB-1/NB-11 200.00 1.60 0.80 0.70 FREE FREE

Perforated Pages (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 Filler Pages 50.00 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 Available for books 5 x 7 or larger.

No setup on Custom Common Filler for quantities of 2000 or more for books 5 x 7 or larger (no setup on 3000 pcs. or more on MR-3, JP-6, or SQ-5 sizes)

www.journalbooks.com

Custom Options and Accessories | Boost A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 133

Specialty Fillers CUSTOM ROTATING FILLER

In addition to common filler, we can also print filler with rotating sets of four or eight sheets. Print different art on the front and back of four sheets of filler (eight double-sided document pages) and then those four sheets are repeated twenty-five times, to make a hundred total sheets per book.

Rotating filler can only be printed in 1-color on both sides of the paper (lines and artwork must be the same color). 500 pcs. minimum order. Available on 5 x 7 or larger books.

Custom Rotating Filler (G) Setup (G) 500 1000 2500 5000 Add Price to Common Filler Pricing 125.00 +1.00 +1.00 +1.00 +1.00

UNCOMMON FILLER

Add unique quotes, images, and information throughout your notebook by printing uncommon filler with different content on each page.

Digitally printed in black ink only and priced according to the number of sheets per book.

Uncommon filler cannot be printed with large solid areas and cannot bleed off the page. Call factory for custom quote.

Custom Uncommon B&W Digital Filler (G) SMDIGI-50 5.5 x 8.5 or smaller, 50 sheets SMDIGI-70 5.5 x 8.5 or smaller, 70 sheets SMDIGI-100 5.5 x 8.5 or smaller, 100 sheets LGDIGI-50 7 x 7 or larger, 50 sheets LGDIGI-70 7 x 7 or larger, 70 sheets LGDIGI-100 7 x 7 or larger, 100 sheets

TRI-COLOR FILLER

Add a black and white, 48-page address section to the front or back of any 5 x 7 journal. Features printed index tabs for easy reference.

250 pcs. minimum.

Available for 5 x 7 & 7 x 10 journals.

250 500 1000 2500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

134 | 2016 JournalBooks | Boost A Book | Custom Options and Accessories

250 500 1000 2500 2.63 2.48 1.93 1.61 3.21 3.03 2.49 2.16 3.51 3.31 2.85 2.57 4.23 3.88 3.33 3.00 5.43 4.98 4.44 4.11 7.24 6.64 6.09 5.78

48-PAGE ADDRESS INDEX

Keep yourself organized with this special tri-color filler. Three different colored tabs are printed on the edge of each page to match the lines on the sheet.

Pricing (G) Item TRI 5 x 7 or 7 x 10 Tri-Color Filler

100 2.80 3.40 3.72 4.60 5.92 7.89

Available for 5 x 7 journals only.

Pricing (G) Item PH 5 x 7 48-page Address Index

100 250 500 1000 2500 2.25 2.05 1.86 1.69 1.54

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

BOOST A BOOK

Specialty Inserts

12-MONTH CALENDAR

4-QUARTER CALENDAR

Available for 4 x 6 (SM), 5 x 7 (SM), 5.5 x 8.5 (SM), 7 x 7 (LG), 7 x 10 (LG), and 8.5 x 11 (LG) journals

Quarter 1: January - March Quarter 3: July - September

Add a 12-Month Calendar to the front of your journal for instant planning. Each month is displayed across an open 2-page spread.

The last page is a planning page for the year.

Add the Four-Quarter Calendar to your journal for an entire year of monthly planning pages. Your inserts will include the quarter in which you place your order, followed by the next 3 quarters.

Quarter 2: April - June Quarter 4: October - December

Available for 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11 journals.

TRAVEL EXPENSE LOG

BUSINESS EXPENSE LOG

Available for 7 x 10 and 8.5 x 11 journals

Available for standard 7 x 10 and 8.5 x 11 products (8.5 x 11 available in vertical and horizontal formats to be used with Monthly Planners)

For travelers, this 13-sheet insert is the perfect addition to a journal.

Each page features a monthly log to track purchases while on the road.

The last page keeps quarterly/yearly totals.

Pricing (G) Item 100 250 500 1000 2500 MC-SM Small 12-Month Calendar 2.25 1.38 1.30 1.14 1.01 MC-LG Large 12-Month Calendar 3.03 2.76 2.60 2.28 2.02 TE Travel Expense Log 3.03 2.76 2.60 2.28 2.02

Each page features a monthly log to track purchases for business use.

Also includes a page to keep yearly totals.

Pricing (G) Item 100 250 500 1000 2500 QC Four-Quarter Calendar 1.25 1.25 1.00 1.00 0.85 BE Business Expense Log 3.03 2.76 2.60 2.28 2.02

Small Calendar = 5.5 x 8.5 books or smaller books; Large Calendar = 7 x 7 books or larger

www.journalbooks.com

Custom Options and Accessories | Boost A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 135

Pen Collection & Pen Holders PENPORT®

Available on wire-bound products, the PenPort is a special contoured back cover with an elastic pen loop and a vertical elastic privacy closure that can be used as a pagemarker. Your pen is neatly tucked beside your paper, ready at a moment’s notice!

Available for 4 x 4, 4 x 6, 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, 7 x 7, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11 sizes

PenPort Only is $0.60 C

100-499 500+ PenPort with Pen (C) Unimprinted Imprinted Imprinted w/ Ambassador, Cougar, Eco, Mini Astor, 0.80 1.20 1.05 Mini Eco, Prestige, Ridge, Score, Sharkbite, Shimmer, SoftSquare, or Versa Pen w/ Score Stylus/Pen or Deluxe Pen 1.08 1.48 1.33 w/ Bergen Pen 1.28 1.68 1.53 w/ Orion or Preston Pen 1.47 1.87 1.72 w/ Anderson Pen 1.55 1.95 1.80 w/ Tuscany Pen 2.37 2.77 2.62 w/ Bristol or Executive Pen 2.58 2.98 2.83 w/ SoHo or Design Pen 4.02 4.42 4.27 Choose from black, white, matte silver, or matte gold ink for pen imprints. Some custom imprint colors are available for an additional $100 G setup (contact factory for details).

PENDOCK

The PenDock is a sturdy vinyl insert bound into the back of your book between the filler and back cover.

An elastic pen loop extends to the right to hold your pen, allowing you to have a penholder and still have a custom back cover. PenDocks are available for wire-bound items, PerfectBooks, Wraps, and Binders.

Available for 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11 sizes

PenDock Only is $0.70 C

100-499 500+ PenDock with Pen (C) Unimprinted Imprinted Imprinted w/ Ambassador, Cougar, Eco, Mini Astor, 0.97 1.37 1.22 Mini Eco, Prestige, Ridge, Score, Sharkbite, Shimmer, SoftSquare, or Versa Pen w/ Score Stylus/Pen or Deluxe Pen 1.25 1.65 1.50 w/ Bergen Pen 1.45 1.85 1.70 w/ Preston Pen 1.63 2.03 1.88 w/ Anderson Pen 1.72 2.12 1.97 w/ Tuscany Pen 2.53 2.93 2.78 w/ Bristol or Executive Pen 2.75 3.15 3.00 w/ SoHo or Design Pen 4.18 4.58 4.43 Choose from black, white, matte silver, or matte gold ink for pen imprints. Some custom imprint colors are available for an additional $100 G setup (contact factory for details).

ECOPORT

Add an EcoPort penholder to your wire-bound journal for an environmentally responsible option. Available in EcoBlack and Natural recycled covers, the EcoPort includes a black elastic privacy closure.

Available for 5 x 7 and 7 x 10 sizes only.

100-499 500+ EcoPort with Pen (C) Unimprinted Imprinted Imprinted w/ Cougar, Shimmer, Eco, or Astor Pen 0.80 1.20 1.05 w/ Deluxe Pen 1.08 1.48 1.33 w/ Bergen Pen 1.28 1.68 1.53 w/ Preston Pen 1.47 1.87 1.72 w/ Tuscany Pen 2.37 2.77 2.62 w/ Executive Pen 2.58 2.98 2.83 Choose from black, white, matte silver, or matte gold ink for pen imprints. Some custom imprint colors are available for an additional $100 G setup (contact factory for details).

EcoPort Only is $0.60 C

DELUXESPINE

Add a DeluxeSpine and either a SoftSquare or Tuscany pen to the spine of your PerfectBook for maximum function.

Not available for ClassicFlex, EcoFlex, or WoodGrain PerfectBooks.

136 | 2016 JournalBooks | Boost A Book | Custom Options and Accessories

DeluxeSpine with Unimprinted Pen* (C) DS-SQPEN DeluxeSpine with SoftSquare Pen DS-AMPEN DeluxeSpine with Ambassador Pen DS-TSPEN DeluxeSpine with Tuscany Pen

100 500 2500 1.67 1.33 1.25 1.67 1.33 1.25 3.69 3.35 3.27

*Pricing above is for blank pens. For imprinted pens, add $0.40 C for standard color imprint (black, white, matte silver, or matte gold). Some custom imprint colors are available for an additional $100 G setup (contact factory for details).

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Pen Collection & Pen Holders

7485 7483 7482 7484 7481 Red Green Blue Purple Black

SCRIPTO® VERSA BALLPOINT/STYLUS (BLACK INK) 7454 7451 7452 7455 7453 Red Green Blue Silver Black

AMBASSADOR BALLPOINT (GLOSSY FINISH/BLACK INK) 7446 7444 7442 7449 7440 7443 7445 7441 7448 7450 Red Orange Lime Turquoise Blue Navy Purple Brown Silver White

BLACK SOFTSQUARE BALLPOINT (MATTE FINISH/BLACK INK) (7447)

SHIMMER BALLPOINT (BLACK INK)

SCRIPTO® SCORE BALLPOINT (BLACK INK)

Red, Orange, Green, and Blue are Translucent

7843 7842 7841 7840 7839 7844 Red Orange Green Blue Black Silver

SCRIPTO® SHARKBITE BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) 7838 7837 7836 7835 7834 Red Orange Green Blue Black

PRESTIGE BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) 7857 7855 7854 7852 7802 7801 7851 Red Orange Green Blue Smoke Black Solid Black

COUGAR BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) 7649 7650 7652 7648 7647 Red Orange Green Blue Black

7690 7693 7692 7691 7694 Red Orange Green Teal Silver

ECO AND MINI ECO BALLPOINTS (BLACK INK)

ASTOR MINI BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) 7669 7664 Red Black

7626 7726 Eco Pen Mini Eco Pen

DELUXE BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) Blue and Smoke are Translucent

SCRIPTO® SCORE BALLPOINT/STYLUS (BLUE INK) 7848 7847 7846 7845 Red Green Blue Black

BERGEN BALLPOINT (BLUE INK) 7860 7858 7859 7861 Red Blue Gunmetal Silver

ANDERSON BALLPOINT (BLUE INK) 7616 7615 Blue Black

BRISTOL BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) 7853 7856 Black Silver

SOHO BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) 7850 7849 Navy Black

www.journalbooks.com

7634 7633 7632 Blue Smoke Black

ORION BALLPOINT/STYLUS (BLUE INK) 7468 7467 7466 7469 Red Gold Blue Silver

PRESTON DUAL BALLPOINT/STYLUS (BLUE INK) 7656 7657 7654 7653 Red Blue Black Silver

BLACK TUSCANY BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) (7640)

EXECUTIVE BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) 7605 7606 Black Silver

DESIGN BALLPOINT (BLACK INK) Clear is Translucent

7612 7613 Black Clear

Custom Options and Accessories | Boost A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 137

BOOST A BOOK

SCRIPTO® RIDGE BALLPOINT/STYLUS (BLACK INK)

Bookmarks & Closures COLOR BOOKMARKS

When you need a splash of color, these bookmarks will make the perfect addition to your journal.

FC-1 Full-Color Bookmark • Printed on 120# Gloss Cover stock with a UV coat protection

PAGESAVERS™

Never lose your place (or places!) with NEW full-color, individual PageSavers. A sheet of customprinted PageSaver tabs will be inserted into your book, so you can place them wherever you want.

PageSavers come as a bookmark or a 7 x 10 insert only and include 4 tabs per sheet.

POLY BOOKMARKS

Keep your place with these thin, colorful, and flexible bookmarks, imprinted with a 6” ruler.

BM-2 Color Bookmark with Ruler • Any 31 pt. Poly color • Not imprinted

IMPRINTED BOOKMARKS

Customize your bookmark with these imprinted Poly bookmarks.

BM-3 Poly Bookmark Imprinted with Your Logo (No Ruler) • Any 31 pt. Poly color • Imprint area 1 x 4 • $50 G setup; black, white, silver, or gold foil imprint

CLIP-IN MARKER/RULER The Clip-In Marker, which also functions as a 6” ruler, clips into your journal’s wire-bound spine.

M/R Clip-In Marker/Ruler • Any 31 pt. Poly color • Imprint area 1 x 4 • $50 G setup; black foil imprint

MOBILEMARKER™

A dual-purpose, custom-shaped, poly marker that clips into wire binding for a front cover design and a removable page marker.

Designed only for use in products 5 x 7 or larger with 100 sheets of filler (i.e., larger wire loops); Call factory for setup cost and art approval

LEATHER CLOSURES

You can add a Ball Post Lappet or Snap Lappet closure to many of our books. Choose from any of our Premium Leathers in Cover Series 4 for you Lappet color.

ELASTIC PRIVACY CLOSURE

We can add an elastic privacy closure to many of our journals.

Doubling as a page marker, this closure device keeps journals and their contents securely closed.

Designed only for use in products 5 x 7 or larger with 100 sheets of filler

Pricing Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 FC-1 Full-Color Bookmark (C) 50.00 N/A 1.90 1.72 1.57 1.42 BM-2 Color Bookmark Ruler (G) – N/A 0.60 0.55 0.45 0.40 BM-3 Imprinted Color Bookmark (G) 50.00 N/A 2.00 1.70 1.60 1.50 M/R Clip-In Marker/Ruler* (G) 50.00 N/A 1.25 1.00 1.00 0.80 RBM Ribbon Bookmark (G) – 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 PS-BM PageSaver Bookmark (C) 50.00 1.82 1.52 1.30 1.09 0.91 PS-INS 7 x 10 PageSaver Insert (C) 50.00 3.52 2.93 2.51 2.11 1.76 MM* MobileMarker (G) 50.00 4.50 3.63 3.06 2.19 1.75 Closures Ball/Snap Lappet (G) – N/A 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 FB Flat Elastic Privacy Closure (G) – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

*Price includes insertion under the front cover.

*See GraphicPad designs on page 52 for stock MobileMarker shapes.

Call factory for quote and image approval for custom MobileMarker design.

138 | 2016 JournalBooks | Boost A Book | Custom Options and Accessories

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Folders & Pockets These black or white paper Wave Pockets are a stylish way to keep loose pieces secure in your journal or planner. Choose to add business card slits to the front of the pocket, for even more function.

Available for 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, and 7 x 10 products

HALF MOON POCKET

Convenient and classy, the Half Moon Pocket has a tab that can be custom imprinted. Available in black or white.

Available for 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, and 7 x 10 products

BUSINESS CARD SLEEVES

Attach a single vinyl business card pocket to the inside cover of journal. Or have a 3-up (5 x 7) or 4-up (5.5 x 8.5) BC sleeve bound into any same size journal or larger for the same price.

Available for all products; Price includes application

VINYL POCKETS

A vinyl pocket the same size as your filler pages allows plenty of room for storage. Made from heavy 8-gauge imprintable vinyl, the pockets can be added to the front or back of your book.

Available for 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11 (same size as filler)

PAPER POCKET FOLDER

Double-sided paper pocket folders available in solid black or white.

Available for 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, 7 x 10 and 8.5 x 11 products (item is same size as filler); To hold 8.5 x 11 pages, a custom size cover and pocket are necessary, incurring additional charges (500 pcs. minimum order for custom)

FLAG MARKERS

This option includes 20 each of five different colored flags that attach to the inside cover of your journal.

Available for all products; Price includes application

Pricing (G) Item WV Wave Pocket Folder HM Half Moon Pocket PF-7 5 x 7 Paper Pocket Folder PF-8 5.5 x 8.5 Paper Pocket Folder PF-10 7 x 10 Paper Pocket Folder PF-11 8.5 x 11 Paper Pocket Folder CF 5-Color FlagMarkers www.journalbooks.com

100 250 500 1000 2500 N/A 1.35 1.35 1.10 1.10 N/A 1.25 1.25 1.00 1.00 N/A 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 N/A 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 N/A 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 N/A 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.90

VINYL ZIPPER POCKETS

A great way to add versatility to any journal is to add a 5 x 7 vinyl zipper pocket to the front or back of your book. Zipper pockets are made from heavy 10-gauge vinyl.

Available for 5 x 7 products only

USB POCKET

Attach a vinyl USB pocket to the outside cover of your journal. USB drive must be customer supplied.

Call factory for details.

Available for all products; Price includes application (USB drive not included)

Pricing (G) Item BC Single Adhesive BC Sleeve BC 3-up or 4-up BC Sleeves VP Vinyl Pocket ZP 5 x 7 Vinyl Zipper Pocket USB Adhesive USB Pocket CD Adhesive or Bound CD Sleeve

100 250 500 1000 2500 0.75 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.60 0.75 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.60 0.75 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.60 0.75 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.60 0.75 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.60 0.63 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.58

Custom Options and Accessories | Boost A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 139

BOOST A BOOK

WAVE POCKET FOLDERS

Packaging

Custom Packaging When your journal is meant to be a gift, there’s no better way to present it than with custom packaging. Have your journal inserted into an imprinted Two-Piece Gift Box or try an upgraded Tuc Gift Box made from one of our specialty papers!

140 | 2016 JournalBooks | Boost A Book | Custom Options and Accessories

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Packaging TUC GIFT BOXES

GLASSINE ENVELOPES

The clean black or white Tuc Boxes add a special touch and keep your books looking new during distribution (not meant for use as a mailer).

These sleek glassine envelopes are ideal for giving your books that finishing touch (not meant for use as a mailer).

Available for most products; Some products may be specially ordered, call for more details.

SHRINK WRAPPING

CORRUGATED MAILERS

A great way to protect your books during distribution while allowing your book’s cover to be seen.

Corrugated mailers are perfect when individual books need to be shipped by UPS or USPS. Price includes insertion of your book and packing in bulk cartons.

They can also be ordered flat for you to insert and seal yourself.

PEN INSERTION

We can insert your supplied pens or pencils into your book’s wire and shrink wrap them together for a great package.

Available for 5 x 7, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11 products

TWO-PIECE GIFT BOXES

CUSTOMIZED GIFT BOXES

Two-Piece Gift Boxes are available with or without white tissue paper (not meant for use as a mailer).

Consider imprinting your Gift Box with a metallic foil for a special gift.

Some of our specialty papers can be used to create custom Tuc Gift Boxes. Contact the factory to learn about options and pricing.

Available Sizes (Wire-Bound Journals): 5 x 7, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11* (50 sheets of filler or less on 8.5 x 11 size) Available Sizes (LeatherWraps/Binders): 5 x 7, 5.5 x 8.5, and 7 x 8.75 Available Sizes (CaseBound Journals): 5 x 7 Pedova, 5 x 8.5 Bohemian (no Pen in Spine), and 7 x 10 Pedova

Pricing (G) Setup (G) 100 250 500 1000 2500 Glassine Envelopes – 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 Shrink Wrapping – 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Pen Insertion (customer supplied) – 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 2-Piece Gift Box* – 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 2-Piece Gift Box w/White Tissue* – 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1-Color Foil Imprint on Gift Box† 50.00 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

Pricing (G) White Tuc Gift Box/Inserted White Tuc Gift Box/Bulk Corrugated Mailers/Inserted Corrugated Mailers/Bulk

100 250 500 1000 2500 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

Some specialty packaging can be ordered for 1000 pcs. or more. Call factory for details.

* Not available for NB-1100. † Call for higher quantities. One-color foil imprint up to 16” sq. Metallic foils only.

Allow for additional production time.

www.journalbooks.com

Custom Options and Accessories | Boost A Book | 2016 JournalBooks | 141

BOOST A BOOK

Available for 5 x 7, 7 x 10, and 8.5 x 11 products; Price includes inserting your book into the Tuc Box

General Info, Terms, & Conditions IMPRINTING INFORMATION Imprints Hot stamping is our standard method for imprinting. Some foil colors are similar to some Pantone Matching System® (PMS) colors; however, for critical color matching we suggest screen printing (see page 129). This will add time to production. (Remember that most of our materials are dark in color, and an exact PMS match is not possible, especially with the lighter foils.)

Imprint Setup Charge The $50 G setup for foil stamping or debossing is a 1-time prep and die charge for each imprint up to 16” sq. Exact repeat orders are not subject to this charge.

For larger imprint areas, add $1.38 G per square inch over 16.

2nd Position Foil Imprints & Additional Colors For 2 or more foil colors or positions, add $50 G setup per color/position (up to 16” sq.) plus $.25 G run charge per additional color. (For screen printing multiple colors, see page 129.)

Imprint Colors With the exception of full-color products and some ValueLine products, book pricing includes a 1-color foil imprint in any of our 36 standard colors (request to see the JournalBooks Foil Swatches for most accurate color). For foil colors other than our stock colors, add $63 G foil match charge plus $.30 G per book foil run charge for each nonstandard color. Foils are not generally PMS matchable; however, we will attempt to select a foil that comes close to your requested color(s). We will send you random imprints of the foil(s) on your cover choice for you to approve. Please allow 5-7 days added production time for us to send you the foil samples and then, upon approval, to get selected foil from manufacturer prior to production.

About Foils Metallic foils, which include gloss black, are 100% opaque. Pigmented foils may change in opacity depending on the lightness or darkness of the cover material chosen (our standard pigment foils are very opaque).

Request a set of our JournalBooks Foil Swatches that illustrates our 36 stock foil colors that have been proven to stamp well on our cover materials.

About Imprint Design Small type, reverse-outs, and fine close lines tend to fill in.

Hairline registration is available.

Oversized imprint designs with bleeds are also available (see page 129 for pricing).

Screens and halftones are not available with foil but are available with screen printing and full-color options (see below and page 129 for additional screen printing charges and production time).

Screen Printing Screen printing can be done on Alloy, Poly, Leather, and many of our smooth Paperboard materials. (Art cannot be screen printed on some 100% recycled chipboards or textured stocks.) Screen printing is ideal for any product that needs PMS matching or fine detail. Please be advised that your color will be affected by the material that it is being printed on. PMS matching is based on printing on a bright white surface, like our Solid White Chip in Cover Series 1. Any other surface will change the expected results. Depending on order quantity and number of colors, screen printing your cover may increase the production time needed in the factory. Contact factory for printing suggestions about your specific artwork.

Copy Changes Add $75 G charge per change.

Imprint up to 16” sq. is included.

100 book minimum per copy change.

142 | 2016 JournalBooks | General Info, Terms, & Conditions

ARTWORK Customer-Supplied Digital Art Vector art is recommended for best results. We accept files sent via e-mail, digital file transfer services, or sent in on a flash drive.

The factory is Mac-based but can work with most PC files in Adobe CC Illustrator, InDesign, Photoshop, and Acrobat PDF formats. A printout of the file must be included for reference.

Vector Files Vector files are preferred for screen printing or foil stamping covers. When using a vector-based program (Illustrator or InDesign), all fonts must be converted to outlines and all links embedded at 300 dpi or more.

Raster Files If vector files are not available, some raster files are acceptable.

For any cover imprint, a blackand-white bitmap file saved in TIFF format must be supplied (at least 600 dpi). For full-color inserts, art must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi) CMYK file saved in EPS, TIFF, or PDF format. Any raster file must be 100% of final imprint size plus bleeds, if applicable.

Artwork Services & Typesetting If required, artwork services and typesetting will be billed at the rate of $50 G per hour, with a minimum charge of $25 G. A proof is required on any art that the factory has created or positioned. Order acknowledgment will include estimate of art costs.

Please allow extra production time when art services are required. Factory reserves the right to select type styles and arrange imprint layout unless camera-ready art is submitted with order. If print-ready art is not provided, distributor should submit a layout to show approximate type sizes, emphasis, and format desired by customer. All copy should be typewritten and e-mailed to art@journalbooks. com in one of the above listed formats or in rich text format.

E-Mailing Art Files Most files under 10MB can be sent via e-mail. For faster transfer and protection from file corruption, put all required files into a folder and zip or compress the entire folder. Please send art to: art@journalbooks.com For files larger than 10MB, upload pdf or zipped/compressed folder to our website, or send files via a file transfer service. For more information on uploading files, go to www.journalbooks. com and click on My Account.

Call factory for assistance with any of your graphic needs. Factory is not responsible for problematic files. The order will not be processed until acceptable files are in place.

Factory will contact you as soon as any problems are detected and will do everything it can to resolve issues. This resolution may require additional production time. Changes made to supplied art files are billed at $50 G per hour, with a minimum charge of $25 G. PROOFS Your order will not go to order entry or the art dept. until all necessary information, including usable art, has been received.

Proofs are required for new orders and will be e-mailed to customer unless otherwise stated (please include a current e-mail address on order). Proof approval is required within 24 hours of receipt in order to maintain ship date. Any delay or multiple proofs with changes will result in rescheduling of the job, especially on tight schedules. Most products require 7-10 working days to complete production from approval of proof.

Customer Changes Any changes to artwork after initial proofing will require a new proof and may incur art charges.

Extra proofs required for factory error are provided at no charge.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

General Info, Terms, & Conditions Preproduction Proofs When required, actual preproduction proofs will add 5 business days to your production schedule, plus shipping time. You can expect your actual proof 7-10 days from acceptance of order, with timely approval of e-proof. The charge for an actual sample is $50 G for standard 1-color foil or blind debossed imprint and $125 G for screen printing (call for quote on multi-color imprints or custom journals) plus any freight charges.

Setups for dies and screens are additional. Upon actual approval, a minimum of 5-7 days will be required for production. Customer delay may affect final ship date.

Full-Color Proofing A proof can be provided as long as time permits. The print itself will be free, shipping fees will apply. In some “Rush” cases, a proof may not be possible if production deadline is to be met.

Proofs of Overprinting For identical copy (shadowprint, masthead, memospace, etc.), factory provides a single, black & white, laser-printed page proof showing copy and position.

Co-op Orders Call or email factory for special co-op discounts or requirements.

DIGITAL COLOR INSERTS Bleeds & Solids Large solid areas of color and gradients may be difficult to reproduce, depending on the color and stock choice. Call factory if you have concerns and we will be happy to review your art and make recommendations.

Color Matching Factory will attempt to match color as close as possible. Please provide a print to the factory. We cannot guarantee matches from desktop laser or inkjet prints; however, we will come as close as possible. PMS matching is not guaranteed (see below).

PMS Matching Our full-color press is digital and simulates 4-color processing.

Some PMS colors can be matched closely. If your requested color falls out of the industry-standard color gamut, we will alert you immediately. Conventional printing may work, but it will require additional time and expense. Please call factory to discuss options and pricing for your specific project. www.journalbooks.com

Customer-Supplied Inserts For inserting customer-supplied insert, a setup charge of $50 G setup plus $.25 G per set of five or less inserts will be added. Allow 5 production days from factory receipt of inserts for completion of your order. Call factory for a quote on multiple inserts and size/delivery requirements.

MISCELLANEOUS

Unimprinted Items Any product may be ordered without an imprint. Next higher quantity price applies (for example, 100 unimprinted items are priced at the 250 column price).

Packaging See pages 140-141 for Special Packaging options and pricing.

Call factory for more ideas and full details and pricing.

Personalizations Foil personalizations are available for a charge of $50 G setup plus $1.56 G per name for foil personalizations. Multiple fonts and type sizes are available, contact factory or check online for a list of standard fonts to choose from. If font or size is not specified on PO, factory will imprint personalizations in Arial font, 14 pt. type size, and positioned in lower right-hand of front covers.

Names must be supplied in an Excel spreadsheet with a printed hard copy included (must be typed out exactly as desired, including all uppercase or title case). Faxed lists are not acceptable. When individual packaging is ordered, books are not inserted, and envelopes and/or mailers

are shipped bulk. Minimum personalization quantity is 50 names. Personalizations are available in Black, White, Gold or Silver foil. Other colors may be available, call factory to check.

SHIPPING INFORMATION Freight Charges Charges are FOB from our factory in North Carolina. Shipments are made by the best available method and carrier by the factory’s discretion unless shipping method and/or carrier are specified on order. Freight charges are prepaid and added to invoice. Once a shipment is delivered to the carrier, the factory is not responsible for transit delays or damage. Any such claims must be filed with the carrier. A handling charge will be added to all freight charges prepaid by factory. This charge is in proportion to the costs involved and charges incurred by the factory to make the shipment.

Changes to shipping information must be received by the factory no later than 12pm EST on the day the order is to ship. It is the customer’s responsibility to confirm receipt of change(s) with customer service. Information arriving after noon may cause the shipment to be delayed.

Drop shipments added at the last minute will require additional time (see below).

Drop Shipments Add $8 G per location or individual special packing. Multiple drop shipments may require additional production time for fulfillment and must be provided several days prior to ship date. Please communicate requirements with factory for scheduling approval.

(Multiple locations should be typed and provided via email.)

International Shipments International shipments are $10 G in addition to standard drop ship charges (above). Pre-typed documentation is required by customer (must provide commercial invoice for each interna-

tional drop). Factory can only act as agent to release merchandise.

Factory takes no responsibility for freight or duty costs. All paperwork must be completed by customer and submitted 3 business days prior to scheduled release date.

Individual Product Shipments We ship 1st or 3rd class: $.50 each G plus postage. If UPS shipment is specified, the charge is $.60 each G plus UPS charges.

Prices are based on factory receiving supplied drop-on disk with zip codes (in zip code order if 3rd-class bulk mailing is specified). For bulk rate/individual mailings via USPS, estimated postage must be paid to factory prior to shipment release.

Trademark/Copyright Notice All graphics, designs, photographs and text (collectively and individually, “Copy”) submitted by the customer for use in producing items ordered are accepted only on the condition that they are submitted in full compliance with all applicable laws regarding trademarks, copyrights, service marks, patents, publicity, and privacy. By submitting Copy, customer warrants that use thereof by the factory will not violate any laws. The factory hereby disclaims any liability for compliance with such laws in its use of Copy. Customer hereby agrees to hold Timeplanner Calendars, Inc., harmless from any damages, liabilities, judgments expense or costs that arise from use of said Copy.

Disclaimer The artwork, designs, and trademarks displayed on the products within are representative of the capabilities and quality of imprinted products available. Product illustrations in this catalog do not imply any endorsement by the companies whose names appear on them and are used for product and decoration reference purposes only.

General Info, Terms, & Conditions | 2016 JournalBooks | 143

General Info, Terms, & Conditions GENERAL PRODUCT ORDERING Purchase Orders must include: 1) Quantity 2) Item Number 3) Cover Selection 4) Art or Ad Copy 5) Requested Ship Date 6) Ship-to Address and Method 7) Imprint Foil Color 8) Imprint Position (see below) Specify Imprint Position Prices include stamping customer’s artwork in a single position on outside front cover. Please indicate imprint positioning as designated by letter or provide a layout showing imprint position on cover. If no position is indicated, we’ll use our best judgment (usually A depending on the imprint art).

Cover Imprint Positions

Front

A

E

B

F

C D

G Back

Digital Art Speeds Production Digital vector art is recommended for best results. See Artwork section on page 144 for full details. A printout of the file must be included for reference.

Quick Return of Proofs An e-mailed digital proof of cover imprint will be provided. Factory requires proofs to be signed and returned or faxed back within 24 hours from receipt to maintain standard production schedule. See Proofs section for full details. Please provide a current e-mail address with your order.

VALUELINE & EASYOPTION PRODUCT ORDERING 5-Day Service From Proof Approval All ValueLine & EasyOption products are available to ship within 3-5 business days from proof and credit approval.

Please call to confirm receipt of purchase order and all artwork. Factory not responsible for orders not confirmed or received. Some orders can ship in 24-48 hours from receipt of purchase order and vector art (under conditions of credit approval and without art proofs), see requirements below.

Imprint Options Wire- and perfect-bound ValueLine items are available with a 1-color imprint (black, white, silver, or gold).

CaseBound EasyOption items are available with a standard blind debossed imprint.

Pen Imprint For pen imprints add three additional business days to the standard production time. Your choice of matte gold, matte silver, black, or white ink imprint.

Setup There is a 1-time setup charge of $50 G on all ValueLine and EasyOption. Imprint area is limited to 4 x 3.5 on some items, no more than 16” sq. on others.

Contact factory for templates and/or guidance.

Art Requirements Digital vector art must be supplied for ValueLine and EasyOption orders. See page 144 for details. If vector artwork is not supplied, the order cannot be processed for 3-5-day service.

Shipping Orders will be shipped via regular ground service unless otherwise specified on PO. ValueLine & EasyOption Requirements Order MUST BE received by 1pm EST or will be received the following business day.

Order CANNOT BE PROCESSED until all elements are received. This includes complete purchase order, hard copy of art, vector file placed and saved to correct size, and credit approval.

MUST PROVIDE USABLE VECTOR ART. E-mailed art must follow our art department requirements (See Artwork section on page 144 for details). If vector artwork is not supplied, the order cannot be processed. Factory is not responsible for art not received or file/transfer problems. It is the customer’s responsibility to make sure that art arrives and is usable.

Imprint position must be specified on purchase order or artwork. If proof is required add approximately two working days to final ship date. All setup charges do apply (see information above for price).

24-HOUR SERVICE Many ValueLine & EasyOption items can ship in 24 hours from receipt of purchase order and e-mailed art when received by 1pm EST (with credit approval). Orders received after 1pm will ship within 48 hours. This service is limited to ClearValue, SlimLine, ValueBook, BrightNotes, ValueColor, MeetingBook, PerfectValue, and EasyOption books with a 1-color foil or blind debossed imprint only. Any additions (i.e.: TriPacs, Tip-Ins, ColorView, GraphicWraps, pen imprints, Packaging, etc.) will require proofing and additional production time.

144 | 2016 JournalBooks | General Info, Terms, & Conditions

Purchase order and vector art must be emailed to: sureship@journalbooks. com with the subject line reading: 24-HOUR SURESHIP PO # _______ Limitations Large orders may require additional production time. Factory reserves the right to refuse any order.

TERMS & CONDITIONS General Terms & Conditions JournalBooks® and Timeplanner® Calendars, Inc. (“factory”) reserves the right to withdraw any item and to change services, decoration methods, or prices without prior notice.

Acceptance of Order All orders are subject to acceptance by the factory, which reserves the right to refuse any order. All orders subject to credit approval and acceptance. A pre-payment amount or other security deposit or both may be required based on the cost and size of the order.

Production Ready An order is considered “production ready” when all elements required by the factory to produce and ship your order are received. Incomplete orders (i.e., orders awaiting imprint copy, cover colors, final quantities, etc.) are held out of production until required items are received by the factory. After all information is received, your order will be processed in our normal production time unless otherwise specified.

Overruns and Underruns Due to the custom nature of our products, overs and unders are normal and in accordance with printing trade customs. For journals or calendars requiring only cover imprints, a variance of 5% over or under the quantity ordered is to be expected. For orders requiring custom overprinting of filler pages, calendar pages, and for pictorial calendars, expect a variance of 5%-10%.

Overs are more likely than unders. The factory strives to ship at least the quantity ordered. In order to do so, the factory must start production with sufficient additional materials to allow for spoilage losses (in printing, cutting, punching, binding, stamping, & packing). After inspection, if production has been reasonably efficient, there should be more good books than ordered. Orders that state “ship no overruns” are subject to underruns and accepted only with that understanding. In this case, factory will not go back to production to meet exact quantities.

Order Acknowledgments An acknowledgment will be sent via e-mail when the order is factory ready.

This will reflect costs of the products,

options that have been selected, as well as estimated die and art charges.

Please read the acknowledgment carefully to ensure that your instructions have been followed and that you are in agreement with the pricing. The factory requires you to sign and return the acknowledgment within 24 hours in order to maintain your production schedule.

Cancellations Orders will be subject to all production costs incurred to date (including materials and labor) and/or a cancellation charge of $62.50 G. Standard Production Time Most orders take approximately 5-10 working days after production-ready order or proof approval has been received. Your order will not be processed until ALL required art and information have been received. Additional time may be required for large quantities and more complex orders requiring customized dies, custom filler, screen printing, tabs, perforation, or multi-color imprinting. Please call the factory for estimated time on custom orders. Factory will state an estimated e-proof date and ship date on your order acknowledgment.

Features such as elastic band closures, ribbons, vinyl pockets, or business card pockets may require additional time due to special material ordering. Please call factory prior to ordering for inventory and production schedule.

Rush Service Rush service is available for most journal products. Basic one-color foil-imprinted journals (falling outside SureShip, ValueLine, EasyOption, and Express categories) can be produced in 5-7 business days from proof approval or in 5 days from proof approval with a 20% rush fee added to the unit price. Minimum rush fee is $75 G. Failure to approve your paper proof within 24 hours WILL delay your production schedule. To minimize delays, please provide factory-ready art that does not need a proof for the 5-day rush service. For 5-day service, order must be received by 1pm EST for the current day to count. Foil matching, custom filler, multiple color imprints, ColorDirect, die-cutting, tabbed and/or perforated inserts, and screen printing are not included in this service. Other products may be rushed; however, rush fees will differ and will be based on the factory’s ability to produce in the allotted time frame and within the current production schedule. Please call the factory with your special needs. We will work with you to do whatever we can to accommodate your needs and meet your event date.

America’s Premier Source of Journals and Planners

Foil Colors Orange (Gloss)

Yellow (Gloss)

White (Matte)

Clear (Gloss)

Gloss Black (Gloss)

Matte Black (Matte)

Pink (Gloss)

Hot Pink (Metallic)

Purple (Satin Metallic)

Copper (Metallic)

Shiny Gold (Metallic)

Satin Gold (Satin Metallic)

Satin Teal (Satin Metallic)

Teal (Matte)

Brown (Matte)

Bronze (Satin Metallic)

Shiny Silver (Metallic)

Satin Silver (Satin Metallic)

Green No. 1 (Gloss)

Green No. 2 (Matte)

Green No. 3 (Satin Metallic)

Green No. 4 (Matte)

Green No. 5 (Metallic)

Green No. 6 (Metallic)

Blue No. 1 (Matte)

Blue No. 2 (Matte)

Blue No. 3 (Matte)

Blue No. 4 (Gloss)

Blue No. 5 (Metallic)

Blue No. 6 (Metallic)

Red No. 1 (Matte)

Red No. 2 (Gloss)

Red No. 3 (Matte)

Red No. 4 (Gloss)

Red No. 5 (Satin Metallic)

Red No. 6 (Metallic)

Foil Color Matching Tips

General Tips About Foils

Foil Imprint Design Tips

This foil chart has been printed with process inks to simulate colors of foils. Please request swatches of actual foils before specifying a color.

While foils imprint best on paperboards, many also work on poly covers. We have identified 28 foils that work particularly well. These foils are marked on the chart with the word “POLY.”

Avoid small type, reverse outs, and fine, close lines as they tend to fill in.

If you don’t see the color you need, we will be happy to help source a custom foil or suggest alternative printing methods. Non-standard foils may require additional production time and fees.

For Pantone matching, screen printing is the recommended method, although it isn’t available with all cover materials. Please call for details.

Metallic and gloss black are 100% opaque, but some of our foils may vary in opacity depending on the lightness or darkness of the material on which each is stamped.

For the best color representation, we recommend our Cover Series 1 White Paperboard, which has a slight coating.

Screens and halftones can not be achieved with foil. If you have a particular need, please contact us and we may be able to offer an alternative imprint method.

Hairline registration and bleeds are possible with foil. Imprints with bleeds do require additional charges because of the need to start with an oversized cover.

The artwork, designs, and trademarks displayed on the products within this catalog are representative of the capabilities and quality of imprinted products available. They are not intended to represent endorsement by their owners, nor are they for sale by the factory. Our journal paper is printed on partially-recycled, FSC®-certified paper (www.fsc.org).

Most of our paperboard covers are recycled content papers mounted on 100% recycled paperboard. No part of this publication may be reproduced without specific written permission from the publisher. This catalog is printed on recycled, FSC®-certified paper. Copyright 2017 JournalBooks®

Cover Series Options

*As printed representations, these swatches may vary from actual colors, especially 100% recycled materials, as they are made from raw materials and may vary when new lots are received. For exact colors, please request a random sample or a set of cover swatches. When ordering, please specify both cover color and cover number, to ensure correct sample is sent.

7039 EcoBlack Paperboard (80pt)

7055 Gray Paperboard (80pt)

7029 Natural Paperboard (80pt)

7033 White Paperboard (72pt)

7054 Deep Red Paperboard (85pt)

7018 Midnight Paperboard (85pt)

6409 Mocha Paperboard (85pt)

6406 Slate Paperboard (85pt)

6999 French Black Paperboard (85pt)

6417 Fuchsia Paperboard (85pt)

6422 Cayenne Paperboard (85pt)

6404 Orange Paperboard (85pt)

7051 Wedgewood Paperboard (85pt)

6402 Royal Blue Paperboard (85pt)

6407 Mist Paperboard (85pt)

6421 Lemon Paperboard (85pt)

7041 Lime Paperboard (85pt)

7052 Clover Paperboard (85pt)

6405 Saddle Paperboard (85pt)

7005 Forest Green Paperboard (85pt)

7360 Concord Paperboard (85pt)

6922 Black Flute Paperboard (85pt)

6912

6944

6986

6980

Super Clear Poly (20pt)

Natural Poly (31pt)

Moss Poly (31pt)

Mediterranean Poly

6957 Opaque Black Poly (31pt)

6997 Opaque Red Poly (31pt)

CLASSIC

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

7411 Matte Pink Paperboard (85pt)

5803 Matte Firebrick Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

PRESTIGE 6863 Red Gloss Metallic Paperboard

Black Chip Back

6864 Purple Gloss Metallic Paperboard

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6613 Matte Orange Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6865 Silver Gloss Metallic Paperboard

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6611 Matte Meadow Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6862 Blue Gloss Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6612 Matte Lapis Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6860 Black Gloss Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

EcoBlack, Gray, & Natural Paperboards and Moss & Mediterranean Poly are made of 100% postconsumer recycled materials. The remaining Paperboards in Cover Series 1 are 80% recycled.

Black Chip Back

6861 White Gloss Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7412 Matte Navy Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7414 Matte Black Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7053 Red Linen Paperboard (85pt)

7067 Wine Linen Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6942 ColorFleck Red Paperboard (85pt)

6940 ColorFleck Mandarin Paperboard (85pt)

6941 ColorFleck Botanic Paperboard (85pt)

6943 ColorFleck Ink Paperboard (85pt)

6905 ColorFleck Charcoal Paperboard (85pt)

6908 ColorFleck Silver Paperboard (85pt)

7080 Royal Linen Paperboard (85pt)

7081 Navy Linen Paperboard (85pt)

6928

6992

6954

6982

6989

6994

Pink Poly (31pt)

Orange Poly (31pt)

Lime Poly (31pt)

Dark Blue Poly (31pt)

Light Blue Poly (31pt)

Periwinkle Ice Poly (31pt)

7083 Black Linen Paperboard (85pt)

7064 Brown Linen Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6991

6949

Purple Poly (31pt)

Smoke Poly (31pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

Paperboards in Cover Series 2 are made of 80% post-consumer recycled content.

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6260 Tangerine Shimmer Paperboard* (85pt)

How to Read These Swatches 1. The item number (in this case, 6260) can be used to designate this material when you place your order.

2. The color* name will contain the kind of material you are ordering (this one is a Paperboard).

Black Chip Back

3. In parentheses, after the material name, you will find the material thickness (this material is 85 pt. thick).

6919 Moroccan Textured Paperboard (100pt)

6706 Tuxedo Textured Paperboard (100pt)

6902 Royal Red Textured Paperboard (100pt)

4. On many of the swatches, you will see a thin sliver of color between the main cover color and the back cover color, this indicates the inside color of the front cover (Natural Chipboard on this example).

5. Lastly, in the bottom right corner, you will find a triangle that shows whether that material will come standard with a Black Chipboard Back Cover or will have a matching back cover.

6901 Navy Blue Textured Paperboard (100pt)

6917 Golf Paperboard (85pt)

6910 Touchdown Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

DELUXE 6120 Hammered Silver Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

6121 Hammered Titanium Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6262 Cognac Shimmer Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6263 Sunny Shimmer Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6410 Red Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6398 Orange Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6152 Cherry Crush Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7096 Indigo Crush Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

7350 Burgundy Madera Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

LUXURY 6842 Deluxe Heather Gray Leather (70pt)

6840 Deluxe Ash Natural Leather (70pt)

Black Chip Back

6581 Hatched Lt. Blue Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6571 Dot Lt. Blue Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6540 Hammered Black Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6260 Tangerine Shimmer Paperboard (85pt)

6582 Hatched Navy Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6572 Dot Navy Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6261 Peridot Shimmer Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6412 Adobe Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6411 Brown Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6153 Plum Crush Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7092 Twilight Crush Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7349 Spice Madera Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7348 Hickory Madera Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6841 Deluxe Heather Natural Leather (70pt)

Black Chip Back

6130 Brushed Silver Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6583 Hatched Gunmetal Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6573 Dot Gunmetal Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6837 Deluxe Maize Leather (70pt)

6131 Brushed Titanium Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6265 Marine ShimmerCord Paperboard (85pt)

6420 Green Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

6584 Hatched Black Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6574 Dot Black Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6264 Mulberry ShimmerCord Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7322 Titanium Carbon Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6416 Navy Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6156 Dusk Crush Paperboard (85pt)

6592 Black Mesh Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6413 Coal Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

Paperboards and Leathers in Cover Series 3 are made of 80% post-consumer recycled content.

Black Chip Back

7347 Espresso Madera Paperboard (85pt)

7346 Navy Madera Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6838 Deluxe Pumpkin Leather (70pt)

Black Chip Back

6550 Brushed Black Metallic Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6712 Premum Seville Brown Leather (70pt)

Black Chip Back

6512 Blue Vinyl Milano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6896 Premum Chocolate Leather (70pt)

Black Chip Back

6713 Premum Barcelona Black Leather (70pt)

7345 Black Madera Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6897 Premum Castile Leather (70pt)

Black Chip Back

6513 Black Vinyl Milano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Black Chip Back

6708 Premum Persian Blue Leather (70pt)

Black Chip Back

Paperboards and Leathers in Cover Series 4 are made of 80% post-consumer recycled content.

6911 Hoop Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6591 Gunmetal Mesh Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

7326 Silver Carbon Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

6399 Slate Paper NuMilano Paperboard (85pt)

Black Chip Back

Where It All Comes Together You’ve got a lot of partners to pick from. But there’s only one that offers products and apparel from four industry leaders. With Leed’s, Bullet, JournalBooks® and Trimark, you’ll find everything you need, including retail styles, popular brands and budget-friendly giveaways.

And it’s all just a click away at PCNA.com